اﻟﺮﯾﺴﻔﺮ اﻟﺬى ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪون طﺒﻖ او اﺑﺮة اﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ او اﻟﺪﯾﺰك ھﺬا ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻰ اﻻطﺒﺎق اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﮫ واﻟﺘﻰ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻤﺮ وﯾﻮﺟﺪ ﻛﺬا ﻧﻈﺎم طﺒﻌﺎ وﻣﺮﻛﺎت ﻣﻨﮫ . وطﺒﻌﺎ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﯾﺰك ھﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﺣﯿﺪ اﻻﺷﺎرات واﻻﻗﻤﺎر ﻟﻠﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮ وﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﯾﺰك ﻋﻠﻰ D&C&B&A وھﺬ اﻟﻘﺴﺎم او اﻟﺪﯾﺰك ﯾﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﮫ دواﺧﻞ ارﺑﻌﮫ اﻟﻰ ارﺑﻌﺔ اﻗﻤﺎر وان اردﻧﺎ زﯾﺎدة ھﺬه اﻻﻗﻤﺎر ﻓﻌﻠﯿﻨﺎ ﺑﺴﻮﺗﺶ . .طﺮﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻨﺎﯾﻞ ﺳﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ دﯾﺰك رﻗﻢ ١اى A واﻟﮭﻮت ﺑﯿﺮد ﻋﻠﻰ دﯾﺰك رﻗﻢ٢اى B واﻟﻌﺮب ﺳﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ دﯾﺰك رﻗﻢ ٣اى C واﻟﻘﺒﺮﺻﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ دﯾﺰك رﻗﻢ ٤اى D وﯾﺘﻢ اﯾﻀﺎ ﺿﺒﻄﮭﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﮭﺎز اﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﺮﺗﯿﺐ اﻟﺬى اﻧﺸﺄﺗﮫ وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﯿﺐ اﻟﺬى ﺳﺒﻖ وھﺬا ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل وطﺒﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮع ﺟﮭﺎزك وھﻨﺎك ﺑﻌﺾ اﻻﺟﮭﺰه اﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ او اﻟﺪﯾﺰك ﻓﯿﺠﺐ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺘﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﺒﻖ اى ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﮭﺎز دون اﻟﻤﺮور ﺑﺎﻟﺪﯾﺰك ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﺒﺮﻣﺞ اﻻﻗﻤﺎر اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﯾﺪھﺎ وﺑﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﯿﻢ اﻻﻗﻤﺎر LNB ﯾﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻧﻮاﻋﮭﺎ وﻣﺮﻛﺎﺗﮭﺎﻓﻰ اﻻﺳﻮاق واﻟﺬى ﯾﮭﻤﻨﺎ ھﻰ ﺟﻮدة اﻟﺼﻨﻊ وھﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﮫ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﻘﺎط اﺷﺎرة اﻻﻗﻤﺎر اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﯿﮫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺆره ﻓﻰ اﻟﻄﺒﻖ وارﺳﺎﻟﮭﺎ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﮭﺎز ﻟﯿﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ اﻻﺷﺎره اﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ اﻧﮭﺎ .اﺷﺎرة ﻣﺮﺋﯿﮫ وﯾﻮﺟﺪ ﻛﺬا ﻧﻮع ﻣﻨﮭﺎ وھﻢ اﻟﺴﻰ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ واﻟﻜﯿﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ اوﻻ اﻟﺴﻰ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ اﻟﺴﻰ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ اﺷﺎرات اﺟﮭﺰة اﻻﻧﻠﻮج واﻟﺪﯾﺠﺘﺎل وﺑﺪأ ﺷﺒﮫ اﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎء ﻋﻨﮭﺎﻻن ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻻﻗﻤﺎر واﻟﻘﻨﻮات ﺗﺒﺚ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻜﯿﻮﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪا ﺑﻌﺾ اﻻﻗﻤﺎر اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺚ ﻟﻨﺎ ھﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﮫ اﻟﺘﻰ ﯾﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﮭﺎ ﺳﻰ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻰ وھﻰ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﻤﺮ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻰ ٢٦درﺟﮫ ﺷﺮ وﺑﻌﺾ اﻻﻗﻤﺎر ﻛﺎ ٦٨درﺟﮫ ﺷﺮق وﯾﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ھﺬه اﻻﻗﻤﺎر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺒﻌﺪ اﻟﻤﺪارى ﻣﻨﮭﺎوﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ﺑﻤﺼﺮ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ اطﺒﺎق ﻛﺎ ال ٢٤٠ﺳﻢ وھﺬا ﻋﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﮫ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﮫ وھﻨﺎك ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﮫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ھﺬه اﻻﺷﺎرات ﻋﻠﻰ طﺒﻖ ١٨٠ﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﮭﻢ ان ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﺚ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻰ ﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺴﻰ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﯾﺠﺐ ان ﯾﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﯿﮫ اﻟﺠﮭﺎز اﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ٥١٥٠ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﺎ اﻟﻜﯿﻮ واﻟﺬى ﯾﺒﺚ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات واﻟﺘﻰ ﻧﺮھﺎ ﻓﺎھﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﻰ ١٠٦٠٠و ٩٧٥٠او ﯾﻨﻔﺮﺳﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ: ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﺚ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﮫ وﻣﻨﮭﺎ ﻛﺬا ﻧﻮع ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ان ﻣﻨﮭﺎ ﺑﻤﺨﺮج واﺣﺪ وﻣﺨﺮﺟﯿﻦ 4ﻣﺨﺮج و ٨ﻣﺨﺮج ﻛﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﮫ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﯿﮫ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ان ﻣﻤﻜﻦ طﺒﻖ واﺣﺪ ﯾﺸﻐﻞ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ رﺳﯿﻔﺮ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻤﺮ وﻣﻦ اﺟﻮد ھﺬه اﻧﻮاع اﻟﻌﺪﺳﮫ اﻟﻔﻮﺟﻰ db٣ اﻟﺸﯿﺮﻧﺞ SHARING - اﻟﺸﯿﺮﻧﺞ ھﻮ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ رﺑﻂ اﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ان ﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﯾﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ان ﯾﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻛﺎرت أﺷﺘﺮاك أﺻﻠﻰ اﻟﻰ ﻋﺪة أﺟﮭﺰة أﺧﺮى ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﺎرت وﺗﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﻤﺸﻔﺮة أن ﻛﺎن اﻟﻜﺎرت ﻋﻨﺪك. ﻟﺴﯿﺮﻓﺮ SERVER - وھﻮ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺬى ﯾﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﺎرت اﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﯿﻦ وھﻮ أﻣﺎ رﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ درﯾﻢ ﺑﻮﻛﺲ او ﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻠﯿﻨﻮﻛﺲ او وﯾﻨﺪوز أﻛﺲ ﺑﻰ وطﺒﻌﺎ أﺷﺘﺮاك DSLو طﺒﻌﺎ ﻛﺎرت اﺷﺘﺮاك أﺻﻠﻰ وأﺧﯿﺮا ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻓﻮﻧﯿﻜﺲ ﻟﻘﺮاءة اﻟﻜﺎرت وھﻰ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة وﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺠﺎت اﻟﻜﺮوت ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﻮﻧﯿﻜﺲ ٦٠٠وھﺬا ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﯾﺪه. اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ CLIENT - وھﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﺎرت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﯿﺮﻓﺮ وه أﻣﺎ درﯾﻢ ﺑﻮﻛﺲ أو ﻣﺎ ﺷﺒﮫ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪة أﺟﮭﺰة ﺟﺪﯾﺪة ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺪرﯾﻢ ﺑﻮﻛﺲ او ھﯿﻮﻣﺎﻛﺲ ٥٤٠٠أو ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺴﺘﺎﻻﯾﺖ أو أﺟﮭﺰة أﻻرﯾﻮن ﻷﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺴﯿﻜﺎ وﺟﺎرى ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺘﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻرﯾﺪﯾﺘﻮ. ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﺚ : ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﺚ اﻟﺴﯿﺮﻓﺮ ﯾﻜﻮن أﻣﺎ ﻧﯿﻮﻛﺎﻣﺪ NEWCAMDأو ﺟﻰ ﺑﻮﻛﺲ G-BOXأو ﻋﺪة أﻧﻈﻤﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻣﻨﮭﺎ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ وﻣﻨﮭﺎ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻢ وﻟﻜﻦ أﺣﺴﻨﮭﻢ واﻧﺎ اﻓﻀﻠﮫ ﻟﺴﮭﻮﻟﺘﮫ ھﻮ اﻟﻨﯿﻮﻛﺎﻣﺪ ﻟﺴﮭﻮﻟﺔ اﻧﺸﺎؤه وﺳﮭﻮﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﮫ. ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ھﺬه اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﻜﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ان ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻨﯿﻮﻛﺎﻣﺪ -: - ١أﺳﻢ اﻟﮭﻮﺳﺖ أو اﻻﯾﺒﻰ HOST OR IP - ٢رﻗﻢ اﻟﺒﻮرت PORT - ٣أﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم USER - ٤اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺴﺮى ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم PASSWORD - ٥رﻗﻢ DESKEY اﻧﺘﻈﺮوﻧﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻت اﻟﻘﺎدﻣﺔ ﺳﻮف ﻧﺒﯿﻦ ﻟﻜﻢ اﻧﻮاع اﻟﺸﯿﺮﻧﺞ -واﻻﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﯾﺔ Processorاﻏﻠﺐ اﻷﺟﮭﺰة ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع Sti5518 ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ھﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺜﻞ Chipsetﻓﻲ أﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ ﻓﮭﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﮭﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰي ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ST20ﺳﻌﺔ ٣٢ﺑﺎﯾﺖ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ٨١ﻣﯿﺠﺎھﺮﺗﺰ وﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ OSCﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ٢٧ﻣﯿﺠﺎھﺮﺗﺰ وھﻲ ﻟﮭﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺘﺄﺛﯿﺮات ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﯿﺎﻧﺔ . ﺗﺤﺘﻮي اﯾﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ وﺣﺪة Mpeg decoderﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت واﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ. ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ رﺑﻂ ب Smart Cards interfaceﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل وﺟﻮدھﺎ وﺣﺪة رﺑﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة . -وﯾﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﮫ اﻟﻤﺰﯾﺪ أﯾﻀﺎ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻧﻮع اﻟﺠﮭﺎز و وظﺎﺋﻔﮫ UARTوھﻲ اﺧﺘﺼﺎر Universal Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitterوھﻲﺑﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﺎطﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ أﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﻜﻮﻣﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ COM PORTوھﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺨﺮج ﻣﻨﮭﺎ ﻣﺨﺮج RS232اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻜﻮﻣﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ Smart Cards interfaceوھﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت وﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻜﺮوت اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺘﻢﻗﺮاءﺗﮭﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ smart card readerﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ اﻷﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﺔ داﺧﻠﯿﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻜﯿﻮﻣﺎﻛﺲ واﻟﺪﯾﺴﻜﻔﺮي وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﮭﺰة. Front End link interfaceوھﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﮭﺎرد دﯾﺴﻚ أو اﻟـ DVDﻣﺜﻞ اﻟـIDE اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻮﻣﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ وھﺬا ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻷﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻲ ھﺎرد دﯾﺴﻚ . PVR Programmable CPU interfaceوھﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﯿﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻘﺮاءة واﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ إﻟﻰ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﺪاﺋﻤﺔ Flash memoryوھﺬا ﺟﺰء ﻣﮭﻢ ﺟﺪا ﯾﺠﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ أﺳﺮاره وھﻲ ﯾﺴﻤﻲ EMI register “external memory interfaceوﯾﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﺑﻮﺣﺪة اﻟـ Diagnostic (controller (DCUاﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﻮت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻼش أو ﺑﺼﻮرة أﺧﺮى طﺮﯾﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬه ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪة اﻟـ CPUوھﺬا ﺷﺒﯿﮫ ﺑﺤﺪ ﻛﺒﯿﺮ ﺑﺄﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﻜﻮﻣﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ . Shared SDRAM interfaceوھﺬا ﺧﺎص ﺑﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ وﯾﺴﻊ اﻟﻲ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ٣٢ﻣﯿﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﯾﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة. ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ واﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﻲ. ﻣﺨﺮج اﻟﺼﻮت JTAG debugging interfaceوھﺬا ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﺎول ﺷﺮﺣﮫ و ﺗﺒﺴﯿﻄﮫ ﻟﯿﺘﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﯿﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺟﮭﺎزه ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل ﻣﺎ اذا اﺻﯿﺐ ﺑﻌﻄﻞ ﻛﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺶ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ. ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﻮرت اﻋﺎدة ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ اﻟﻔﻼش وﻗﺮاءﺗﮭﺎ أﯾﻀﺎ وأﺟﺮاء اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﮭﺎم اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺼﯿﺎﻧﺔ. اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ : ﺑﻤﺎ أن أﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ ﺗﺸﺒﮫ ﺑﺪرﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﯿﺮة أﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﻜﻮﻣﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻼﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﯿﺌﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ وھﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﯾﺔ اﻷھﻤﯿﺔ: ﺟﺰء ﻣﺴﺆول ﻋﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯿﻤﻮري إﻟﻰ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ SDRAM وھﻮ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮت bootوھﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯿﻤﻮري . اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ھﻮ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﮫ وھﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻠﻐﮫ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻋﺎدﯾﺔ واﺷﺮھﺎ ھﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ++Cأو ++visual cوﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺟﺰاء ﺑﻠﻎ اﻟـ Assemblerأو اﻟﺘﺠﻤﯿﻊ وھﺬا ﯾﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﮭﺎرات ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﺟﺪا وﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻷﻓﺮاد اﻟﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﻌﻤﻠﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ھﺬه اﻟﺒﺮوﺳﯿﺴﻮرات وﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﮭﺎ وأﺟﺮاء اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎرات ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ compilerﻣﮭﺎ أي ﯾﺘﻢ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻠﮫ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻐﺔ اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﮫ وھﻮ ﯾﻜﻮن ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺴﺎدس ﻋﺸﺮ وﯾﺨﺰن ﻋﻠﻲ ھﯿﺌﺔ Binary fileاو ﻣﻠﻒ BIN اﻟﺬي ﯾ ُﺤﻤﻞ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯿﻤﻮري وﯾﺘﻢ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﻮت وﺿﻌﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ وھﺬا ﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ وﻛﺜﺮة اﻟﻘﺮاءة واﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ وإذا ﺗﺴﺎءﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﺎذا ﻻ ﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻨﻔﯿﺬ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯿﻤﻮري ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻓﮭﺬا ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ وﻛﺜﺮة اﻟﻘﺮاءة واﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ واﻟﻔﻼش وإﻻ ﻻﻧﺘﮭﺖ ﺻﻼﺣﯿﺔ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﯿﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺼﻠﺢ إﻻ ﻟﺤﻮاﻟﻲ ١٠.٠٠٠ﻣﺮة ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ . وﯾﺤﺘﻮي اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﯿﻔﺰﯾﻮن واﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات وﻗﺪ ﯾﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻌﺎب ﻟﻸطﻔﺎل وأﺷﯿﺎء أﺧﺮى ﻋﺪﯾﺪة . ﻧﻌﻮد ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻟﻨﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺒﻮت وھﻮ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺻﻐﯿﺮ ﯾﻜﻮن ﺣﺠﻤﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻻ ﯾﺘﻌﺪي 64KBﯾﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻲ Boot Blockﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯿﻤﻮري وﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻠﮫ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ وﺣﺪة DCUاﻟﺘﻲ ذﻛﺮﻧﺎھﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة SDRAMﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﯿﺎر ﯾﺴﻤﻲ Boot sector1أو . BtSrc1 اﻵن وﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ ﻧﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺠﺰء ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أو software upgradeوھﺬا ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗــــــﺮ وﻟـــــﻮدر ﺧﺎص ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻮع ﻣـــــــﻦ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮات ﯾﻤﻜﻨﮫ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻲ اﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ وﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﮭﺎوﯾﻦ أو اﻟﻤﺤﺘﺮﻓﯿﻦ ﯾﺠﯿﺪون اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ھﺬا اﻟﺠﺰء وﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﺪة ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت وھﻲ: ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻠﻮدر ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻷﺟﮭﺰة ﺗﻄﻠﺐ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ وﺑﻌﺪھﺎﯾﺒﺪأ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻓﻠﻤﺎذا؟ اﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ :ﻷن اﻟﺒﻮت اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ ھﻮ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﯿﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻋﻦ وﺟﻮد أﻣﺮ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ أو أي ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﺧﺮي ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻗﻨﻮات أو ﺷﻔﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ RS232اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ. ﺑﻌﺪ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﯾﺒﺪأ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ bootاو ﻣﺎ ﯾﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ ﺛﻢ ﯾﺒﺪأ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪ ﺛﻢ ﯾﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺛﻮاﻧﻲ ﺛﻢ ﯾﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ugrdوھﻲ اﺧﺘﺼﺎر upgradeﺛﻢ goodاو succأو Fineأو ﻻ ﯾﻜﺘﺐ ﺛﻢ ﯾﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﮫ أو ﯾﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻓﻤﺎذا ﯾﺘﻢ أﺛﻨﺎء ھﺬه اﻷﺣﺪاث؟ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﯿﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ أن اﻟﺒﻮت ھﻮ اﻟﺬي ﯾﻘﻮم ﺑﮭﺬه اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﻓﯿﺒﺪأ أوﻻ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أو اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ إﻟﯿﮫ إﻟﻰ ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ وﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﮭﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﯾﺒﺪأ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﺤﺺ Checkﻟﻠﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎھﺎ ،ﻓﺈذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ أم ﻻ أو ﯾﺤﻤﻞ إﺻﺪارا أﺣﺪث وھﺬا ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﯾﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﺒﻮت ﺛﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ اذا ﺗﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺮوط اﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﯾﻀﻌﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻜﺎن اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻟﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯿﻤﻮري . وھﺬا ﯾﻨﻄﺒﻖ اﯾﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات واﻟﺸﻔﺮة. ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﯾﻔﻀﻞ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﻓﻠﻤﺎذا؟ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﯿﺪ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻷﺣﺪث ﻋﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﮫ ﻓﻲ طﺮﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﻨﻮات أو ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻘﻨﻮات أو اﻟﺸﻔﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯿﻤﻮري وﻗﺪ ﯾﺴﺒﺐ ﺑﻘﺎء اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﮭﻨﯿﺞ اﻟﺠﮭﺎز وﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﻔﻀﻞ إﻋﺎدة ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻷﺣﺪث ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ﺛﻢ اﻟﺸﻔﺮة. إذا ﻻﺣﻈﻨﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻧﺠﺪ اﻧﮫ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺮوﺳﯿﺴﻮر اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ إﻋﺎدة ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﺤﺪد ﻣﻦاﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯿﻤﻮري ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى وﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻜﺎن اﻟﺬي ﯾﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﯿﮫ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ أو ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات أو اﻟﺸﻔﺮة أو ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻷﻗﻤﺎر وأﺣﯿﺎﻧﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺟﮭﺰة ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﻠﻮدر ﻧﻔﺴﮫ وﻗﺪ ﯾﺘﻢ ھﺬا ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ واﺣﺪة أو ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﻄﻮات ﻓﮭﻞ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ أن ﻧﺠﻌﻠﮫ ﯾﻘﻮم ﺑﻘﺮاءة ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت اﻟﻔﻼش ﻛﻠﮭﺎ وھﻞ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ أن ﻧﻌﯿﺪ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺘﮭﺎ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى أم ﻻ؟ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﯿﺪ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ﻷن ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﺒﺮوﺳﯿﺴﻮرات ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻲ Jtag Portﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻘﮫ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯿﻤﻮري وﻗﺮاءﺗﮭﺎ وﻣﺴﺤﮭﺎ وإﻋﺎدة ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺘﮭﺎ ﺑﻞ وﻧﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ أﯾﻀﺎ ﻗﺮاءة ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻗﻨﺎة ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ وﺣﻔﻈﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ. )Multiplex - (Multiplexer, Multiplexer-demultiplexer, Encoder, Mux, Muldex(1) A telecommunications device that funnels a number of signals onto a single channel; for instance audio, video or enhanced data. (2) A device that converts an analog video signal to a digital video signal using one or more compression techniques. ھﻮ ﺟﮭﺎز ﯾﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺠﻤﯿﻊ ﻋﺪة اﺷﺎرات ﻓﻰ ﻗﻨﺎة واﺣﺪة ﻛﻤﺜﺎل ﺗﺠﻤﯿﻊ اﺷﺎرة اﻟﺼﻮت واﻟﺼﻮرة واﻻﻟﻮان وارﺳﺎﻟﮭﻢ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﯿﺌﺔ اﺷﺎرة واﺣﺪة او ﺗﺠﻤﯿﻊ ﻋﺪة ﻗﻨﻮات ﻓﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﺔ واﺣﺪة Demultiplexer. A device that takes a single signal, which is carrying many channels, and separates those channels into multiple output signals. ھو ﺟﮭﺎز ﯾﺳﺗﻘﺑل اﺷﺎرة واﺣدة ﺗﺣﺗوى ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋدة ﻗﻧوات وﯾﻘوم ﺑﻔﺻل ﺗﻠك اﻟﻘﻧوات ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋدة ﻣﺧﺎرج Encoder - An encoder is a program and/or device used to change a signal, or stream of data, into a code that a compatible computerized device can work with. This code may be further manipulated for optimal results. This encoded data typically needs a "decoder" at the receiving end to change it into a signal or data stream that a TV or other applicable device can understand. (Analog TVs don't understand digital signals unless the signal is "decoded" by the set-top box for them.) ھو ﺟﮭﺎز ﯾﻌﻣل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣوﯾل اﻻﺷﺎرة اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ اﻟﻰ اﺷﺎرة ﻣﺷﻔرة ﻻﯾﺳﺗطﯾﻊ اﻟﺗﻠﯾﻔزﯾون اﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣل:اﻻﻧﻛودر ﻣﻌﮭﺎ Decoder ھو ﺟﮭﺎز ﻣن ﯾﻘوم ﺑﻔك ﺷﻔرة اﻻﺷﺎرة وﯾرﺟﻌﮭﺎ اﻟﻰ اﺷﺎرة ﻋﺎدﯾﺔ ﯾﺳﺗطﯾﻊ اﻟﺗﻠﯾﻔزﯾون اﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣل: اﻟدﯾﻛودر ﻣﻌﮭﺎ Inside Set Top Box (STB) Set Top Box or STB has become an integral part of TV viewing in many parts of the world. We commonly see this sleek looking device sitting on side of TVs. Though this device looks slim and simple but it is one of the most complex embedded systems today. STBs are increasing their feature set day by day. Few of the common features in current generation STBs are time shift mode viewing, recording, Internet based viewing, video on demand, Full High definition video output etc. STB is very complex embedded system; it consists of 30+ hardware blocks and similar number of software drivers. STB has lot of computing power distributed across main processor and various co-processors. In few of top end STBs if we add operating frequencies of all co- processors then it would be in range of 3-4 GHz. Hardware A typical STB would look similar to one shown in following image. This is picture of standard definition (SD) satellite based STB being used at my home. Number of components used is fairly less compared to complexity of this system. This credit goes to the main STB decoder chip which integrates a lot of hardware components required into a single chip. Inside view of Satellite Set Top Box STB 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Power Smart Card STB DVB-CI Satellite Front blocks Supply Slot RAM Decoder Flash Slot End 8. RF Modulator The above picture shows STB circuit board and major components on the board. A more logical relationship between various components is shown in following block diagram. Set Top Box Hardware Blocks STB Decoder: This is heart of the whole system. In current generation STBs most of the features required by STB system are integrated in STB decoder chips. This level of integration is called System On Chip (SoC). STB SoCs contain a large number of blocks ranging from demultiplexer to decoders and peripherals like USB, SATA etc. Front End: Front End part of STB is responsible for receiving the broadcasted signal, demodulating the signal and outputting digital data output for STB decoder chip. Depending upon broadcasting environment terrestrial or satellite or cable front end will be used. Front end unit consist of 3 main blocks tuner to tune correct frequency, demodulator to demodulate as per standard and forward error correction (FEC) unit for data recovery. Power Supply: This is the main power source for board. This unit generates different voltage required by various components on board. Input to this unit can be main line AC (220/110) or DC 12V via standalone power adapters. Flash: This is used to store boot loader, main application and other user specific non volatile data. Different STBs uses different sizes of flash ranging from 8MB to 64MB. RAM: RAM is used to store all intermediate data (such as decoded video/audio buffers) and application variables. In many cases main application is also copied to RAM and is executed from RAM to speed up the operation (as RAM is faster compared to Flash). RAM size ranges from 32MB in standard definition STBs to 256MB in some top end Full HD STBs. Video Interfaces: STB decoder chip outputs video data in analog or digital format. To make these signals compatible with external devices, special circuitry like filter and physical connector are required. Current generation STBs provide many video output formats such as CVBS, S Video, Component video and HDMI. Audio Interfaces: STB decoder chip outputs audio data in analog as well as digital format. In some cases high quality DACs are used to convert digital data into analog format. Digital data is also transmitted in digital format using SPDIF standard. Storage: Few STBs also work as digital video recorders. To aid storage of programs some storage device (HDD) is added via any of the interfaces (SATA, eSATA, ATAPI or USB) provided by decoder chip. Front Panel: This is STBs interface to external world. Front panels are different for different boxes. But most of them provide IR input/output, Status LEDs, 7 segments or LCD and few switches to configure set top box. These features are controlled by parallel IOs of main decoder chip. In some cases a dedicated microcontroller is added to front end to reduce processing load for main chip and also to reduce the number of wires going from front panel to main PCB. DVB-CI Slot: This slot is provided to support various conditional access schemes. Conditional Access providers provide compatible DVB-CI cards to be used with STB. The DVB-CI card decrypts the channels encrypted by Conditional Access provider as per user’s subscription policies. Smart Card Slot ﻓﺗﺣﺔ دﺧول اﻟﻛﺎرت: This slot is provided to use smart card for Conditional Access implementation. Unique subscriber ID is stored on each card. Smart card is also used in decrypting the channels. RF Modulator: This is used to modulate Audio and video into RF signal. This is mainly to be used with older TVs which have only RF input and no composite (CVBS) input. إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻔﯾدﯾو اﻟﻣرﻛﺑﺔ STB Decoder SoC STB Decoder is one of the most complex system on chip (SoC). There is generally one main processor and lot of co-processor doing dedicated processing. A typical decoder SoC will have following blocks. Set Top Box Decoder blocks Main CPU: This is the main CPU executing the STB application. It is a general purpose CPU with lot of development tools available. Its speed range from 200MHz on standard definition devices to near 1GHz on High Definition devices. The main CPU is generally based on industry standard core such Super H or ARM to improve ease of tools and reusable stack availability. Demux: Demux is a dedicated co-processor to de-multiplex the digital transport stream into audio, video and other data. Demux checks the input stream for errors and protocol compliance and filters the required data into desired buffers (Audio, video) ﯾﻘوم ﺑﻔك اﻻﺷﺎرة اﻟﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺻوت واﻟﺻورة واﻻﻟوان وﺷدة اﻻﺿﺎءة واﻟﻛﻧﺗراﺳت وﺧﻼﻓﮫ ﻣن اﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻر اﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺻورة اﻟﻰ ﻋدة اﺷﺎرا وﯾﻘوم ﺑﺗوزﯾﻌﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋدة ﻣﺧﺎرج ﺣﺳب ﻧوع اﻟﻣﺧرج اﻟذاھب ﻟﮫ ﻓﻘد ﯾﻛون ﻣﺧرج اﻻ﷼ اﻟﻘدﯾم وﯾﺣﺗﺎج اﺷﺎرة اﻧﺎﻟوج اذان ﺳﺗدﺧل اﺷﺎرة اﻟﺻوت واﻟﺻورة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺣول ﯾﺣول اﻻﺷﺎرة اﻟدﯾﺟﺗﺎل اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺑرﯾﺳﺳور ﺑﻌد ﺗﻔﻛﯾﻛﮭﺎ اﻟﻰ اﺷﺎرة اﻧﺎﻟوج ﺗﺧرج ﻣن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻻ﷼ اﻟﻘدﯾم Video Decoder: This co-processor is responsible for converting compressed video (MPEG) data into basic video format . Current generation decoders have programmable video decoders, so video decoders can support a variety of formats such as MPEG2, H264, VC1 etc. ھﻰ داﺋرة ﻛﺷف اﻟﺿﻐط او اﻟﺗرﻣﯾز ﻟﻼﺷﺎرة داﺧل اﻟﺑرﯾﺳﺳور وﺗﺣوﯾﻠﮭﺎ اﻟﻰ اﺷﺎرة دﯾﺟﺗﺎل او اﻧﺎﻟوج ﯾﻣﻛن ﻟﻠدواﺋر اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣل ﻣﻌﮭﺎ ﻛﺗﻛﺑﯾرھﺎ وارﺳﺎﻟﮭﺎ اﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻓذ اﻟﺧروج Graphics Engine: This co-processor is dedicated to graphics acceleration. Its main task is to draw pictures and menus for user interface (UI). This unit is becoming more powerful these days with introduction of 3D menus. وھﻰ وﺣدة ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣل ﻣﻊ اﻟﺻور اﻟﻣﺗﺣرﻛﺔ Mixer: This block is responsible for mixing the video output and graphics output and producing a final single image. This is also responsible for ordering of video and graphics plane and transparency settings. As shown is image there are two planes one video in background on video plane and other is rectangular window showing program information on graphics plane. These two planes are mixed by mixer to generate a single image. وھو ﻣﻛﺳر ﺧﺎص ﺑدﻣﺞ اﻟﺻور ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﺎطﻊ اﻟﻔﯾدﯾو ﻻﺧراﺟﮭم ﻛﺎﺷﺎرة واﺣدة Video Output: Final result after mixing video decoder and graphics accelerator outputs is provided to video output block. This block is responsible for outputting data as per required standards (PAL, NTSC, SECAM, HDMI). This block generates output in analog format using DACs. This block also generates output in digital format using HDMI convertors. ﻣرﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻔﯾدو ھذه ﺗﻛون ﻣﺳؤوﻟﺔ ﻋن ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺻورة وﻋن ﻧظﺎم اﻻﻟوان ھل ھو ﺑﺎل او ﺳﯾﻛﺎم او ان ﺗﻰ اس ﺳﻰ وﻛذﻟك ﻧظﺎم اﺗش دى ام اى واﻟذى ﯾﺗﻌﺎﻣل ﻣﻌﺎﺟﮭزة ﻣﺛل اﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ﻓﯾﺟب ان ﺗﻛون اﻻﺷﺎرة اﻟذاھﺑﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟدواﺋره ﺑﺣﯾث ﯾﺳﺗطﯾﻊ اﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣل ﻣﻌﮭﺎ ﺑﺧﻼف اﻻﺷﺎرة اﻟذاھﺑﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺗﻠﯾﻔزﯾون ﺑﺗﻛون ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ اى ان ﻛل ﻣﻧﻔذ ﻣن ﻣﻧﺎﻓذ اﻟﺧروج ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ﻣرﻛب ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ دواﺋر ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻻﺷﺎرة ﻣن اﻟﺑرﯾﺳﺳور وﺗﺣوﯾﻠﮭﺎ اﻟﻰ اﺷﺎرة ﯾﻔﮭﻣﮭﺎ اﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟذى ﺳﯾرﺑط ﻋﻠﻰ ھذا اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ Audio Decoder: ھﻰ اﯾﺳﻰ ﺗﻘوم ﺑﻔك ﺿﻐط اﺷﺎرة اﻟﺻوت وﺗﺣوﯾﻠﮭﺎ اﻟﻰ اﺷﺎرة ﯾﻔﮭﻣﮭﺎ اﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟذى ﺳﯾرﺑط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ وھﻰ ﺑﻛون اﻣﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﺷﺎرة اﻟﺻوت اﻟذاھﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣدﺧل اﻟﻘدﯾم ﻟﻠﺗﻠﯾﻔزﯾون او ﻣوزﻋﺔ وﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻋن اﺷﺎرة اﻟﺻورة واﯾﺿﺎ ﻣﻘﺳﻣﺔ اﻟﻰ اﺷﺎرة ﺻوت ﯾﺳﺎر وﯾﻣﯾن ﻛﻣﺎ ھو ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﺣدﯾث ﻟﻠﺻوت واﻟﺻورة Audio Output: Audio output is fed to audio output block. This block provides audio output in analog format using internal DACs and in digital format using SPDIF convertor. Peripherals: Other than main decoders and CPU a lot of peripheral devices are supported by STB\ SoCs for providing various features. USB: For record/playback on external storage SATA: used to connect HDD for providing digital video recording facility. Ethernet: Input source for IP based STBs UART: Debug port. Sometimes also used for software upgrade in field I2C: Used by main STB SoC to communicate with external peripheral devices such as front end, SCART controller, HDMI controller etc. SPI : Used for connecting to non-volatile storage on serial flash devices. . ٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠ EEprom Testing-Application, Operation and Failure Before explaining the EEprom testing subject below, you have to know the introduction about eeprom first. Nowadays it is very common to see eeprom ic in electronic equipment. ?What is eeprom ذاﻛرة ﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻘراءة ﻓﻘط ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺢ EEprom means Electrical Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory and also referred to as E²PROM chip or i2c. As the name suggest, an EEPROM can be both erased and programmed with electrical pulses from a programmer kit, burner or the equipment itself. Since it can be both electrically written into and electrically erased, the EEPROM ic can be quickly programmed and erased in circuit for reprogramming without taking them out from the main board. وھﻰ اﯾﺳﻰ ﯾﻛن ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﺎﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ واﻋﺎدة ﺑرﻣﺟﺗﮭﺎ ﺑﺳرﻋﺔ ﺑدون ﻧزﻋﮭﺎ ﻣن اﻟداﺋرة EEPROM ic is also called a non-volatile memory because when the power is switched off, the stored data (information) in the EEPROM ic will not be erased or corrupt and the data is still intact. واﯾﺿﺎ ﺗﺳﻣﻰ ذاﻛرة ﻏﯾر ﻣﺗطﺎﯾرة ﻻﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺣﺗﻔظ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﻰ ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ ﺑﻌد ﻗطﻊ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء ﻋﻧﮭﺎ واﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﯾﺴﯿﮭﺎت اﻻﺑﺮوم ﯾﺎﺗﻰ ﻓﺎرغ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺘﮭﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اداة ادﺧﻞ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت او ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ وﻟﻮ وﺿﻌﺘﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة ﺑﺪون ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻓﺎن اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺴﺴﻮر ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﮭﺎ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻘﺎت اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﯿﮭﺎ اﯾﺴﻰ اﻻﺑﺮوم: اﻻﺑﺮوم ﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮫ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ او اﻟﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ او اى ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻠﯿﻔﺰﯾﻮن ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎت اﻻﯾﺴﻰ اﻻﺑﺮوم ﻓﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ اﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﯿﻨﺎت ﻟﻠﺒﺮﯾﺴﺴﻮر ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﻧﻮﺗﻮر ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻋﻦ اى ﺗﺮدد ﺳﺘﻘﻮم اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﯾﺴﺠﻞ اﯾﻀﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺬى ﯾﺴﺤﺒﮫ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ اذا اﻧﻄﻔﺎ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ وﻋﺎد ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﯾﻌﻄﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻟﻠﺒﺮﯾﺴﺴﻮر ﻟﻜﻰ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺗﯿﺎر اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻘﺪر اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ وﻋﻠﯿﮫ ﺳﺘﻌﻄﻰ اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺴﺴﻮر اﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺠﮭﻮد اﻟﻠﺰﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺮاﺳﻰ واﻻﻓﻘﻰ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ وﻟﻮ ﺣﺪث ﻋﻄﻞ ﻓﻰ اﯾﺴﻰ اﻻﺑﺮوم ﺳﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺴﺴﻮر ﻋﻤﻞ اﯾﺴﻰ اﻟﺮاﺳﻰ واﻻﻓﻘﻰ واﯾﻀﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻌﺾ دواﺋﺮ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻟﻮان واﻟﺼﻮت اﻻﺿﺎءة وﺧﻼﻓﮫ ﻣﺎﻟﺬى ﯾﺠﻌﻞ اﻻﺑﺮوم ﯾﺘﻠﻒ ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺠﮭﺪ اﻟﺬى ﯾﻐﺬﯾﮫ ﯾﺘﻠﻔﮫ وﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻔﮫ ﯾﺠﺐ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺘﮫ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ وﻟﻜﻰ ﻻﺗﺤﺘﺎر ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻻﺑﺮوم ﯾﺠﺐ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺘﮫ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ﺷﺤﻨﮫ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﻓﻰ اﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﯾﻞ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻻﺑﺮوم او ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺘﮫ وﻣﻜﺘﻮب اﯾﻀﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻻﺑﺮوﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺘﻮى ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ رﻗﻢ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ http://www.lancos.com/prog.html 2402, 2404, 2408 24C02, 24C04, 24C08, 24C16 24C325, 24C645AT17C65, AT17C128 93C06, 93C46, 93C56, 93C66 25010, 25020, 25040 http://www.avsforum.com/t/1465875/iview-3500stb-tuner-dvr-ownersthread/3180#post_24725268 ٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠ ٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠ ﺧﺑﺎﯾﺎ وأﺳرار اﻟﻣﺎرد اﻟﺻﻐﯾر ﻣﻧﻘول ﻧظرة ﻣن اﻟداﺧل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر! ﻛﯾف ﺗﻌﻣل اﻟﻘطﻊ اﻹﻟﯾﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ﻟﺗﻛون ﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻟوظﺎﺋف. ﻛﯾﻔﯾﺔ اﻟرﺑط ﺑﯾن ﻗﺎرئ اﻟﺑطﺎﻗﺎت اﻟذﻛﯾﺔ " "Smart Card Readerوﻋﻣل ﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ..واﻟﺗﻰ ﯾﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﻣنﺧﻼﻟﮭﺎ ﻓك ﺗﺷﻔﯾر اﻟﻘﻧوات اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ. اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻠزﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺗطﻠﺑﮭﺎ ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ ﺗرﻗﯾﺔ اﻟﺑراﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﯾﺔ " "Software Upgradeوزﯾﺎدة ﻗدراﺗﮭﺎ اﻟﺑراﻣﺟﯾﺔ ﻟﻔكاﻟﻘﻧوات اﻟﻣﺷﻔرة. اﻹﺿﺎﻓﺎت اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗدﺧﻠﮭﺎ اﻟﺷرﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ ﻛل ﯾوم ﻋﻠﻰ أﺟﮭزة اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ﻟﺗزﯾد ﻣن إﻣﻛﺎﻧﯾﺎﺗﮭﺎ اﻟﺧدﻣﯾﺔ ..وﺗزﯾدﺷﻛﻠﮭﺎ ﺟﻣﺎﻻ ً ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﮭﻠك واﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﻌﺎدى ..وﻛذا ﺗزﯾد ﻣن ﺗﻌﻘﯾد اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﺳﺣرﯾﺔ ﻟﻠرﯾﺳﯾﻔر "اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻷم" أﻣﺎم اﻟﮭواة واﻟﻣﺣﺗرﻓﯾن ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻧﻔرد ﺑﻣﯾزات اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ واﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ وﺗﺳوﯾق اﻟﺟدﯾد. إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻌض اﻟﻣﻣﯾزات ﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ﻣﺛل ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻗرص ﺻﻠب " "Hard diskﯾﺗﯾﺢ ﻟﻠﻔﯾدﯾو اﻟرﻗﻣﻰ اﻟﺗﺧزﯾنأو اﻟدﺧول ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻧﺗرﻧت ﻋﺑر اﻷﻗﻣﺎر اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة. ﻛل ھذه اﻟﺧﺑﺎﯾﺎ واﻷﺳرار ﺳوف ﻧﻛﺷف ﻋﻧﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ "ﻋﺎﻟم دﯾﺟﺗﺎل" ﻣن أﺟل اﻟوﺻول ـ ﻣﻌًﺎ ـ إﻟﻰ اﻟطرق اﻟﺻﺣﯾﺣﺔ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل وﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر وﻏﯾره ﻣن اﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟرﻗﻣﯾﺔ ،وﻟﻧﺑدأ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎء ﻧظرة ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺗﺧطﯾطﻰ " Block "diagramﻟﻠرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ﻟﻧﺻل ﻣن ﺧﻼﻟﮫ إﻟﻰ اﻛﺗﺷﺎف أﺟزاء اﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﺻل ﺑﺑﻌﺿﮭﺎ اﻟﺑﻌض ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻣﺧطط وﻓﻲ اﻟﺑداﯾﺔ ﯾﺟب ﻋﻠﯾﻧﺎ أوﻻ أن أﻋطﯾﻛم ﻓﻛرة ﻣﺑﺳطﺔ ﺗوﺿﺢ دور ھذه اﻷﺟزاء وﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮭﺎ اﻟداﺧﻠﻰ: -١وﺣدة Power supplyاﻟﻣﺳؤوﻟﮫ ﻋن ﺗوﻓﯾر اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻌﻣل اﻟوﺣدات اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ . -٢داﺋرة اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ ووﺣدة اﻟﻌرض ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر Front panel displayواﻟﺗﻲ ﻣن ﺧﻼﻟﮭﺎ ﻧﺳﺗطﯾﻊ ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ رﻗم اﻟﻘﻧﺎه اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﮫ أو اﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ Standbyواﺣﯾﺎﻧﺎ ﯾﻛﺗب ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ ﻛﻠﻣﺎت ﻣﺛل ﻛﻠﻣﺔ bootﻋﻧد ﺑدأ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل .وﯾوﺟد ﺑﮭﺎ اﯾﺿﺎ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻟﻠﻘﻧوات واﻟﺻوت واﻟﺑﺎور . -٣وﺣد اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟداﺋﻣﺔ Flash memoryاﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﺗﺧزﯾن اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﻲ ﻟﻠرﯾﺳﯾﻔر وھﻲ ﻣﺟﺎل أﺳﺋﻠﺔ اﻟﻌدﯾد ﻣن اﻟﻣﺑﺗدﺋﯾن ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺳﺑب ﻟﮭم اﻟﻌدﯾد ﻣن اﻟﻣﺷﺎﻛل ﻋﻧد اﻟﺗﺣدﯾث ..وﻟﮭذا اﻟﺳﺑب ﻓﮭم داﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺗﻠﮭﻔون ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻌرﻓﺗﮭﺎ. -٤وﺣدة اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟﻣؤﻗﺗﺔ SRAMأو DRAMواﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﺗم ﻧﻘل اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﻲ اﻟﯾﮭﺎ ﺑواﺳطﺔ اﻟﺑوت ﻟودر " ﺟزء ﻣن اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﻲ اﻟﻣوﺟود ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯾﻣوري" ﻟﺗﻧﻔﯾذه ﻣن ﻗﺑل اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور . -٥وﺣدة اﻟـ Tunerاﻟﻣﺳﺋوﻟﺔ ﻋن ﺗﺣﻠﯾل اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﺔ ﻣن وﺣدة LNBﻋﻠﻲ طﺑق اﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل وﺑدورھﺎ ﺗﻘوم ﺑﻧﻘل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻲ اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور . -٦وﺣدة اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ Processorوھﻰ ﺑﻣﺛﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﻘل اﻟﻣدﺑر واﻟﻣﻧظم ﻟﻌﻣل اﻟﻘطﻊ اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ داﺧل اﻟداﺋرة اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ وھﻰ ﺗﺻﻧﻊ ﻓﻰ ﻋدة ﺷرﻛﺎت ..وﻣن ﻣودﯾﻼﺗﮭﺎ : !.…S 5512 – S 5518 – S 5510 – SC2000 – IBM set top box – LSI · ﺗﻌﺗﺑر ھذه اﻟوﺣدة ﻣﺛل اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣﺟﻣﻌﺔ )) Chipsetﻓﻰ أﺟﮭزة اﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ ..وھﻰ ﻟﯾﺳت ﻓﻘط ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣرﻛزى ﻟﻛﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺣﻣل ﺑداﺧﻠﮭﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟً ﺎ ﻣرﻛزﯾًﺎ Processorﻣن ﻧوع ST20 ﯾﻌﻣل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣذﺑذب Crystal OSC ﻣﻧﺧﻔض اﻟﺳرﻋﺔ ٢٧ﻣﯾﺟﺎھرﺗز ٣٢ﺑت وﺑﺳرﻋﺔ ٨١ﻣﯾﺟﺎھرﺗز ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺗوى ھذه ال chipsetﻋﻠﻰ دواﺋر ﻋدﯾدة اﺧري ﻣﺛل: ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻛوم RS232 mart Cards interfaceﺗﻘوم ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت وﺗﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻰ ﻋﻣل اﻟﻛروت اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺗم ﻗراءﺗﮭﺎ ﺑواﺳطﺔ وﺣدةﻗﺎرئ اﻟﺑطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذﻛﯾﺔ. Front End **** interfaceوھﻰ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﻣﺳﺋوﻟﺔ ﻋن ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻘرص اﻟﺻﻠب )اﻟﮭﺎرد دﯾﺳك( أو اﻟـ DVDﻣﺛل اﻟـIDEاﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻓﻰ اﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ..وھذا ﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻰ اﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺣﺗوى ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺎرد دﯾﺳك .PVR Shared SDRAM interfaceوھذا اﻟﺟزء ﺧﺎص ﺑوﺣدة اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟﻣؤﻗﺗﺔ ..وﯾﺳﻊ ﺣواﻟﻰ ٣٢ﻣﯾﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﯾت ﻣناﻟذاﻛرة. ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻔﯾدﯾو اﻟرﻗﻣﻰ واﻟﺗﻣﺎﺛﻠﻰ. ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﺻوت. TAG debugging interfaceھذا اﻟﺟزء ﻻ ﯾرﻏب اﻟﻔﻧﯾون ﻓﻰ اﻟﺣدﯾث ﻋﻧﮫ. -وﺣدة Mpeg decoderﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوت واﻟﻔﯾدﯾو اﻟرﻗﻣﻰ. -٧ﻗﺎرئ اﻟﺑطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذﻛﯾﺔ أو اﻟﻛﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻣدﻣﺟﺔ ووﺣدة اﻟﻛﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ واﻟﺗﻲ ﻋن طرﯾﻘﮭﺎ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﻛروت ﻟﻔك اﻟﺷﻔرات. -٨اﻟﮭﺎردﯾﺳك اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﺗﺳﺟﯾل اﻟﻔﯾدﯾو اﻟرﻗﻣﻲ Mpegوھو ﯾﺷﺑﮫ اﻟﻣوﺟود ﻓﻲ أﺟﮭزة اﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر وﻧظم ﺗﻌدﯾل اﻻﺟﮭزة ﺣﺗﻲ ﯾﺻﻠﺢ اﺿﺎﻓﺔ ھﺎردﺳﯾك ﻟﮭﺎ . -٩اﻻﻧﺗرﻧت ﻋﺑر اﻟﺳﺎﺗﻼﯾت ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام اﺟﮭزة اﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻟرﻗﻣﻲ ﻣﺛل اﻟﻧﯾوﺷن ﺑوﻛس وﻧوﻛﯾﺎ وﻏﯾرھﺎ ﻣن اﻻﺟﮭزة. وﺣدة ﺗﻐذﯾﺔ اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ Power supply ﺗﻌﺗﻣد اﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ ﻋﻣوﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ھذا اﻟﺟزء وھو أﺷﺑﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء واﻟﻐذاء ﻟﮭﺎ ،ﻓﺑدوﻧﮫ ﻻ ﺣﯾﺎة وﻻ روح ﻓﯾﮭﺎ. وﯾﺗﻧوع ﺗﻛوﯾن وﺣدة ﺗﻐذﯾﺔ اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ " " Power supplyﻣن ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻲ آﺧر ﻣن ﺣﯾث ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺧرج واﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم وﻧظﺎم ﻋﻣﻠﮭﺎ أﯾﺿﺎ. ﻓﻲ اﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟﻘدﯾﻣﺔ ﻣﺛﻼ ﻛﺎن ﯾوﺟد وﺣدة اﻟﺑﺎور ﻣﻛوﻧﮫ ﻣن ﻣﺣول ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﺎدي ذو اﻟﻘﻠب اﻟﺣدﯾدي اﻟﻣﻛون ﻣن ﺷراﺋﺢ اﻟﺣدﯾدي اﻟﺳﻠﯾﻛوﻧﻲ ،واﻟﻣﺣول ﻗد ﯾﻛون ﻟﮫ اﻛﺛر ﻣن ﺧرج ﻟﻠﺟﮭد اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻲ ﺣﺳب اﺣﺗﯾﺎج ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ، وﯾﺗم ﺗﺣوﯾل اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺗردد " اﻟﺧﺎرج ﻣن اﻟﻣﺣول إﻟﻰ ﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﺳﺗﻣر ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣوﺣدات " " Diode Bridgeواﻟﻘﻠﯾل ﻣن دواﺋر اﻟﺗﻧﻘﯾﺔ ﻛﺎن ھو اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم. إﻻ أن ھذا اﻟﻧظﺎم ﻏﯾر ﻣﺳﺗﺧدم اﻵن إﻻ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻠﯾل ﻣن اﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ اﻟﺑﺳﯾطﺔ. وﻋﯾوب ھذا اﻟﻧظﺎم ھﻲ : -١ﻛﺑﯾر اﻟﺣﺟم . -٢ﯾﻔﻘد اﻟﻛﺛﯾر ﻣن اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ . -٣ﺳرﯾﻊ اﻟﺗﺄﺛر ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻐﯾر ﻓﻲ ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﺟﮭد اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ " ٢٢٠ﻓوﻟت " وﯾﺗﺑﻌﮫ ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺧرج . -٤اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﺧﺎرج " اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣر" ﻏﯾر ﻧﻘﻲ وﯾﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷواﺋب. -٥ﯾﻔﻘد اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ھﯾﺋﺔ ﺣرارة وﯾﺳﺑب ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻟدرﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﺟﮭﺎز. -٦ﻗﺻﯾر اﻟﻌﻣر. وﯾﺻﻌب اﺳﺗﺧدام ھذا اﻟﻧوع ﻣﻊ أﺟﮭزة اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر " ﺣدﯾث اﻟﻣوﺿوع " ﺑﺳﺑب اﻻﺣﺗﯾﺎج إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﻟﻛﺛرة اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت " ﺗﺻل أﻟﻲ ٣٠وات " . ﻟذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻣﮭﻣﺎ واﻻﻋﺗﻣﺎد ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﯾﺎ ﻣﺗطورة ھو اﻟﺣل اﻷﻣﺛل ﻓﻲ ھذا اﻷﻣر. ﻓﺗم اﻻﻋﺗﻣﺎد ﺑﺻورة ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧظﺎم وﺣدة اﻟﺑﺎور اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻓﻲ اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ﺣﺎﻟﯾﺎ وھﻲ ﺗﺗﻛون ﻣن ﻋدة أﺟزاء ﺳوف ﻧﻘوم ﺑﺷرﺣﮭﺎ ﻛﻠﮭﺎ وﺷرح ﻋدة ﻧﻣﺎزج ﻟﮭﺎ وطرق ﺗﺻﻣﯾﻣﮭﺎ وﺻﯾﺎﻧﺗﮭﺎ. ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛل وﯾﺳﻣﻲ ھذا اﻟﻧوع ﻣن وﺣدة اﻟﺑﺎور ﺑـ " " Switched mode power supplyأو " ." SMPS وﯾﻣﺗﺎز ھذا اﻟﻧظﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯾﺔ وﻋدم اﻟﺗﺄﺛر ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻓﻲ ﺟﮭد اﻟدﺧل وﯾﻌﻣل ﻋﻠﻲ ﺟﮭد ﻣن ٩٠إﻟﻰ ٢٥٠ﻓوﻟت. وﯾﻣﺗﺎز أﯾﺿﺎ ﺑﺗﺣﻣل ﺗﯾﺎر ﻛﺑﯾر ﯾﺻل إﻟﻰ ١٠أﻣﺑﯾر وﻗدرة ﻛﺑﯾرة ﺗﺻل إﻟﻰ ٥٠وات واﻟﺧرج ﻧﻘﻲ وﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣن اﻟﺷواﺋب. Switched Mode Power Supply ﯾﺗﻛون ھذا اﻟﻧوع ﻣن ﻋدة أﻧظﻣﺔ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧظﺎم اﻟﻌﻣل واﻟﺗﻛوﯾن وطرق ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﺧﺎرج ﻣﻧﮭﺎ وﺳف ﻧﺷرح ﻧوع واﺣد ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﻓﻘط وھو ﯾﺳﻣﻲ " " Flaybackوھو اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻲ اﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ واﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر. وﯾﺳﺗﻌﻣل ﻣﻊ ھذا اﻟﻧظﺎم ﻣﺣول ﻣن ﻧوع ذو اﻟﻘﻠب اﻟﻛرﺑوﻧﻲ اﻟذي ﯾﺳﺗطﯾﻊ اﻟﻌﻣل ﺑﺗرددات ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﺗﺻل إﻟﻰ ١٥٠ك ھرﺗز " " KHz ١٥٠دون ﻓﻘد اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ أو ﺗوﻟﯾد ﺣرارة ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ . ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛل وﯾوﺿﺢ اﻟﺷﻛل رﻗم ) (١ﺷﻛل اﻟﻣﺣول اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم " "Ferrite Coreوﺧﺻﺎﺋﺻﮫ وﻣﻣﯾزاﺗﮫ. وﻗد ﯾﺧﺗﻠف اﻟﻣﺣول ﻣن وﺣدة إﻟﻰ أﺧرى ﺣﺳب اﻟﺷرﻛﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺔ ﻟﮭذه اﻟﻣﺣوﻻت . وﯾﺗم ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﺧﺎرج ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﺣﺳب اﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺑﯾن ﻋدد اﻟﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻻﺑﺗداﺋﻲ " اﻟدﺧل " واﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﺛﺎﻧوي " اﻟﺧرج " . وﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون ﻟﮭذا اﻟﻣﺣول اﻛﺛر ﻣن ﺧرج ﺣﺳب اﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ ذﻟك. وﻓﻲ أﺟﮭزة اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ﯾﻛون ﻟﮫ اﻛﺛر ﻣن ﺧرج وﻣﻧﮭﺎ ٣.٣ﻓوﻟت و ٥ﻓوﻟت و ١٢ﻓوﻟت و ٢٢ﻓوﻟت و ٣٠ﻓوﻟت. وﻟﻛل ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻓﻲ دواﺋر اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر وﺳوف ﯾذﻛر ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ھذه اﻟﺟﮭود ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣراﺣل اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ . أﻣﺎ اﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟداﺋر اﻟـ " " Power supplyﻓﮭو ﯾﺗﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل رﻗم )(٣ وھو ﻋﺑﺎرة ﻋن اﻟﻣﺣول اﻟﻣذﻛور ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣل ﻣﻌﮫ. وﯾوﺿﺢ اﻟﺷﻛل ) (٣أﯾﺿﺎ أن اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻣﺗردد اﻟداﺧل إﻟﻰ وﺣدة اﻟﺑﺎور ﯾﺗم ﺗﺣوﯾﻠﮫ إﻟﻰ ﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﺳﺗﻣر ﻋن طرق اﻟﻣوﺣدات وﺗﺛﺑﯾت ﻗﯾﻣﺗﮭﺎ ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﻣﻛﺛف اﻟﻛﺗروﻟﯾﺗﻲ ذو ٤٠٠ﻓوﻟت وﻋﺎدة ﻣﺎ ﯾﺻل إﻟﻰ ٨٢ﻣﺎﯾﻛرو . وﯾوﺻل اﻟطرف اﻟﻣوﺟب ﻣﻧﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻻﺑﺗداﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺣول واﻟطرف اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ " اﻟﺳﺎﻟب " إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻘطﻊ أو " " switching transistorوھو اﻟذي ﯾوﺻل اﻟطرف اﻟﺳﺎﻟب ﻣﻘطﻌﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺣول . واﻟﺳﺑب ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘطﯾﻊ اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣر ھو أن اﻟﻣﺣول ﻻ ﯾﻌﻣل ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣر وإﻧﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﻣل ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺗردد " اﻟﻣﺗﻘطﻊ" ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺣدث ﻧﻘل اﻟﺟﮭد إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺛﺎﻧوﯾﺔ " " Power transferredوذﻟك ﺣﺳب اﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺑﯾن ﻋدد اﻟﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﺛﺎﻧوي إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻻﺑﺗداﺋﻲ. وﺗم ﺗﺣوﯾل اﻟدﺧل اﻟﻣﺗردد " " AC inputإﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻣر ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺳﮭل ﺗﻘطﯾﻌﮫ واﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﺑﮫ. وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺄﻛﯾد ﻓﺄوﻟﻲ اﻷﻋطﺎل اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣدث ھﻲ ﺗﻠف اﻟﻣﻛﺛف اﻟﻛﺑﯾر اﻟﻣﺳؤول ﻋن ﺗﺛﺑﯾت اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣر وذﻟك إذا ﺗﻌدت ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟدﺧل ﻋن ٤٠٠ﻓوﻟت " ﺣدث ﺗﻼﻣس ﺑﯾن ﺧط اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺧط اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻷﻋﻣدة اﻟﮭواﺋﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷوارع " . وﯾﻛون ﺻﺎﺣب اﻟﺗﻠف اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ھو اﻟﻣﻘطﻊ " " Switching Transistorاﻟﻣﺳؤول ﻋن ﺗﺣوﯾل اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣر إﻟﻰ ﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﺗردد ﯾﻧﺎﺳب ﻋﻣل اﻟﻣﺣول. وﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ ﺧرج اﻟﻣﺣول وﺗﺛﺑﯾت ﻗﯾﻣﺗﮫ إذا ﺣدث أي ﺗﻐﯾر ﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ اﻟﺣﻣل اﻟزاﺋد ﻓﻲ اﻟداﺋرة أو ﺗﻐﯾر ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟدﺧل ﻋن طرﯾق ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺗردد اﻟﺧﺎرج ﻣن اﻟﻣﻘطﻊ أو . Switcher واﻟـ Transistorاﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣن ﻧوع Mosfetاﻟﻣﻌزول ﻗﺎﻋدﺗﮫ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﻋن أطراف اﻟـ Sourceواﻟـ Drainاﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣرر اﻟﺗﯾﺎر إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺣول وﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﺑﮫ ﻋن طرﯾق اﻟﺑواﺑﺔ " " Gateاﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻل ب وﺣد ﻗﯾﺎدة أﺧرى Driver وھﻲ اﻟﻣﺳؤوﻟﺔ ﻋن اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﺑﺎﻟداﺋرة. وﻋﺎدة ﻣﺎ ﯾﺗم ﺗﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟـ Driverوال Mosfetﻓﻲ داﺋرة واﺣدة ﻟﮭﺎ ﺛﻼث أو أرﺑﻌﺔ أطراف . ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛل وﯾﺿﺢ اﻟﺷﻛل ) (٤إﺣدى دواﺋر اﻟـ Driverاﻟﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﺧدام واﻟـ Switchھو ﻣن ﻧوع Mosfetاﻟﻣوﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟداﺋرة اﻟﺣﻣراء ﻓﻲ ﺷﻛل ). (٤ وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺄﻛﯾد ﻟن ﻧﺗﻌﻣق داﺧل ھذه اﻟداﺋرة ﻻن ﻣوﺿوﻋﮭﺎ ﻛﺑﯾر وﯾﺣﺗﺎج إﻟﻰ ﻋﺎم ﻛﺎﻣل ﻣن اﻟدراﺳﺔ وﻟﻛن ﯾﻛﻔﯾﻧﺎ ﻣﻧﮭﺎ اﻟوظﯾﻔﺔ ﻓﻘط. واﻟﻣﮭم ﺑﺎﻟطﺑﻊ أﯾﺿﺎ ھو ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﺷﻛل اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﺧﺎرج ﻣن ھذه اﻟداﺋرة ﻋن ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟـ Drainاﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻل أﯾﺿﺎ إﻟﻰ طرف اﻟﻣﺣول ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة أو ﻋن طرﯾق ﻣوﺣد أو ﻣﻠف وﺳوف ﻧﺷﺎھد ذﻟك ﻓﻲ ﺗﺻﻣﯾم وﺣدة ﺑﺎور ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ. وﯾﺗﺿﺢ ذﻟك ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل ) (٥اﻟذي ﯾوﺿﺢ ﺷﻛل اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺎر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺣول إﻟﻰ اﻟـ . Mosfet وﻛﻣﺎ ﻧري أﯾﺿﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل ) (٤ﺗوﺟد ﻧﻘطﺔ ﺗﺣﻛم أﺧرى " " Control Pinوھﻲ اﻟﻣﺳؤوﻟﺔ ﻋن ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻗﯾﻣﮫ اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﺧﺎرج ﻣن اﻟﻣﺣول وﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮫ إﻟﻰ داﺋرة اﻟﻘﺎﺋد " " Driverﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺗم ﺗﺛﺑﯾت ﺟﮭد اﻟﺧرج إذا ﺣدث أي ﺗﻐﯾﯾر. وﻋﺎدة ﻣﺎ ﯾﺗم اﻟرﺑط ﺑﯾن ﺟزﺋﺊ اﻟدﺧل واﻟﺧرج ﺑواﺳطﺔ " OptoCopler " " LV817وذﻟك ﻟﻠﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺟﮭود اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻌﺔ. وھذه ھﻲ داﺋرة ﺑﺎور ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺣﺗﻲ ﻧﺗﻣﻛن ﻣن اﻟﺷرح ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ : ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣرﺑﻊ اﻷﺣﻣر ﯾوﺟد اﻟـ Mosfetواﻟﻣرﺑﻊ اﻷﺧﺿر ﺗوﺟد اﺑﺳط داﺋرة ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋد " " Driverواﻟداﺋرة اﻟﺣﻣراء ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔل ﺗﺻف ﻟﻧﺎ اﻟـ Optocuplerاﻟذي ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻲ اﻟرﺑط ﻛﻣﺎ ذﻛرﻧﺎ وﯾﻘوم ﺑدور اﻟﻌﺎزل أﯾﺿﺎ . أﻣﺎ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟزرﻗﺎء اﻟﺻﻐﯾرة ﻓﮭﻲ ﺗﺻف اﻟـ " " Zenerاﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾر . KA431 وﯾﺗم ﺗﺣوﯾل اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﺧﺎرج ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﻣوﺣد واﺣد ﻓﻘط ﻣﻊ وﺟود ﻓﻠﺗر ﻣﻛون ﻣن ﻣﻛﺛف وﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ اﻟﺷواﺋب ﻣن اﻟﻣرور. أﺣﯾﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺣدث ﺑﻌض اﻟﻌﯾوب ﻓﻲ ھذه اﻟداﺋرة وﻣﻧﮭﺎ : -١اﻟﺧرج ﻣﺗﻘطﻊ " ﺑﻣﻌدل ﻣرﺗﯾن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ " . -٢اﻟداﺋرة ﺗﻌﻣل وﻋﻧد اﻟﺗﺣﻣﯾل ﯾﺑدأ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﻘطﯾﻊ. -٣ﻻ ﯾوﺟد ﺧرج ﻧﮭﺎﺋﯾﺎ . -٤اﻟداﺋرة ﺗﻌﻣل وﻟﻛن ﯾوﺟد اﺧﺗﻼف ﻓﻲ ﻗﯾم اﻟﺧرج . ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ أو اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﯾﻛون اﻟﻌﯾب اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت ﺗﺛﺑﯾت اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﺧﺎرج ﻧﺎﺣﯾﺔ اﻟﺧرج وﯾﺟب اﺳﺗﺑداﻟﮭﺎﺑﺄﺧرى ﺳﻠﯾﻣﺔ. أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﯾﻛون اﻟﻌطل ﻧﺎﺣﯾﺔ اﻟدﺧل واﻟﻣﺳﺋول اﻷول ھو وﺣدة اﻟـ Driverو Mosfetوﯾﺟباﺳﺗﺑداﻟﮫ. ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ أﺣﯾﺎﻧﺎ ﯾﻛون اﻟﺳﺑب ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠف اﻟﻣﻛﺛف اﻟﻛﺑﯾر ﻧﺎﺣﯾﺔ اﻟدﺧل ذو اﻟـ ٤٠٠ﻓوﻟت ٨٢ﻣﺎﯾﻛرو وﯾﺟباﺳﺗﺑداﻟﮫ ،أو ﯾﻛون اﻟﺳﺑب ﻓﻲ ﺟزء اﻟـ Controlوھو ﺗﻠف اﻟـ Zener KA431وﯾﺟب اﺳﺗﺑداﻟﮫ. ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌرض واﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ " اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ " ﺗﻧﺎوﻟﻧﺎ أﺣﺑﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﻛرام ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿرة اﻷوﻟﻰ اﻟﺟزء اﻷول ﻣن اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر وھﻲ داﺋرة اﻟﺑﺎور واﻵن ﻧﺗﻧﺎول ﺳوﯾﺎ اﻟﺟزء اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ وھو " داﺋرة اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ " ﺗﻛﻣن أھﻣﯾﺔ ھذا اﻟﺟزء ﻓﻲ إﺿﻔﺎء روح اﻟوﺟود ﻟﻠرﯾﺳﯾﻔر وﺑﯾﺎن ﺣﺎﻟﺗﮫ ﻣن رﻗم اﻟﻘﻧﺎة اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌرض وﺑﯾﺎن ﻟﻣﺑﺔ " " LEDﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎرة إن وﺟدت وأﺧري ﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر " " Standby modeإن وﺟدت أﯾﺿﺎ وأﺧري ﺗﺑﯾن وﺟود ﻛﺎرد أو ﻻ إن وﺟدت أﯾﺿﺎ وﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛم ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻧوات واﻟﺻوت و ....وﻛﻠﻧﺎ ﻧري ھذا ﺑوﺿوح ﻛﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﻠم ﺟﻣﯾﻌﺎ . أوﻻ :ﻛﺎﺷف إﺷﺎرة اﻟرﯾﻣوت "-: " IR remote detectorھذا اﻟﺟزء ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﺎط إﺷﺎرة اﻟرﯾﻣوت وﺗﻘوﯾﺗﮭﺎ ﺛم إرﺳﺎﻟﮭﺎ ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور. وﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻻ ﯾﺣدث أي أﻋطﺎل ﻓﻲ ھذه اﻟﻘطﻌﺔ . ھذه اﻟوﺣدة ﻋﺑﺎرة ﻋن ﺗراﻧزﯾﺳﺗور ذو ﻗﺎﻋدة " " Baseﺗﺗﺄﺛر ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺣت اﻟﺣﻣراء ذات اﻟطول اﻟﻣوﺟﻲ ﻣن ٢٠ إﻟﻰ ٥٠ك.ھﯾرﺗز وﯾﺗم ﺗﻛﺑﯾرھﺎ ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﺗراﻧزﯾﺳﺗور آﺧر ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔس اﻟوﺣدة ﺗرﺳم ﺑﺎﻟﺿﺑط اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ . ھذه اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﻘﺎطﮭﺎ ھﻲ ﻋﺑﺎرة ﻋن ﺗرﺟﻣﺔ ﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ اﻟرﯾﻣوت ﻛﻧﺗرول ﺗﺻل إﻟﻰ اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور وﯾﺗم ﺗﺣﻠﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ وظﯾﻔﺔ اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟذي ﺗم ﺿﻐطﮫ وﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻷﻣر ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﺑواﺳطﺔ اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور. ﺛﺎﻧﯾﺎ :ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌرض واﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ -: ﯾﻧﻘﺳم اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌرض واﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻓﻲ داﺋرة اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻧوﻋﯾن ھﻣﺎ : اﻟﻧوع اﻷول :اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن طرﯾق ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣﺎﯾﻛرو ﺧﺎص ﺑداﺋرة اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ ". " Front panel اﻟﻧوع اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ :اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن طرﯾق ﺑروﺳﯾﺳور اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ﻧﻔﺳﮫ ﻣﻊ وﺟود ﺑﻌض اﻷﯾﺳﯾﮭﺎت اﻷﺧرى. اﻟﻧوع اﻷول ﻣن اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻣوﺟود ﻓﻲ رﯾﺳﻔرات أﻣﺛﺎل :اﻟﮭﯾوﻣﺎﻛس OAK Modelواﻟﻧوﻛﯾﺎ واﻟﮭﯾوﻣﺎﻧس وﻏﯾرھﺎ وﯾوﺟد ﺑﮭﺎ Micro Controllerﻣﺛل Picأو ﻏﯾرھﺎ اﻟﺗوﻟﻲ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣل داﺋرة اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ. واﻟﻧوع اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﯾﻌﺗﻣد ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور وﻣﻧﮭﺎ أﺟﮭزة اﻷﺳﺗرا وﺳﺗﺎرﺳﺎت وﺗروﻣﺎن وﻏﯾرھﺎ. وﺳوف ﻧﺑدأ ﺑﺎﻟﻧوع اﻷول ﻻﻧﮫ ﯾﻌﺗﺑر ﻣﺳﺗﻘل ﻧﺳﺑﯾﺎ ﻋن اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر. ) (١اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن طرﯾق Micro Controller ﻧﻌﻠم ﺟﻣﯾﻌﺎ أن داﺋرة اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ ﺗﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ وﺑﻌض ﻟﻣﺑﺎت اﻟﺑﯾﺎن ﻣن ﻧوع Ledوأﯾﺿﺎ ﺗﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻌرض أرﺑﻌﺔ أرﻗﺎم ھﻲ ﻣن ﻧوع " " Segment display ٧ ﺗﺗﻛون ﻛل وﺣدة Segment٧اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌرض اﻟرﻗم ﻣن ﺳﺑﻌﺔ ﺷراﺋﺢ" " Segmentsﻛل segmentﻋﺑﺎرة ﻋنداﯾود ﻣﺷﻊ ﻟﻠﺿوء Ledﻣرﺗﺑﮫ ﺑﺣﯾث ﺗﺷﻛل اﻟرﻗم ٨ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺟﻠﯾزﯾﺔ . وﻧﻌطﻲ ﻛل ﺷرﯾﺣﺔ ﺣرف ﺑﺎﻟﺗرﺗﯾب ﻛﻣﺎ ھو واﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل ) (٤ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺳﮭل اﻟﺗﻌرف ﻋﻠﯾﮫ وﺗﻣﯾﯾزه ﻣن ﻗﺑلاﻟﻣﺎﯾﻛرو اﻟذي ﯾﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﯾﮭﺎ. ﯾوﺟد ﻟﻛل ﺷرﯾﺣﺔ طرﻓﺎن ﻣوﺟب وﺳﺎﻟب وﯾﺗم رﺑط اﻟطرف اﻟﻣوﺟب ﻟﻛل اﻟﺷراﺋﺢ ﻓﻲ طرف واﺣد وﯾﺧرج ﺳﺑﻌﺔأطراف ﺳﺎﻟﺑﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة ﺑﺄﻛﻣﻠﮭﺎ وﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ ھذه اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ " " Common Anodeأﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻌﻛس ﻓﺗﺳﻣﻲ " . " Common cathode أي اﻧﮫ ﯾﺧرج ﻣن ﻛل وﺣدة ﻋرض رﻗم واﺣد ﺗﺳﻌﺔ أطراف ﻋﺑﺎرة ﻋن طرف ﻣوﺟب ﻣﺷﺗرك و ٨أطراف ﺳﺎﻟﺑﺔﺳﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺷراﺋﺢ اﻟرﻗم وواﺣدة ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﺷرﯾﺔ . -ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ داﺋرة اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ ﯾوﺟد وﺣدة أرﻗﺎم ﻣﻛوﻧﮫ ﻣن أرﺑﻌﺔ أرﻗﺎم ﻛﻣﺎ ﻧري ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛل ) (٥أن ﻋدد اﻷطراف ھو ١٢ﯾﻣﺛل أرﺑﻌﺔ أطراف ﻣﻧﮭﺎ اﻟﺧطوط اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻟﻛل وﺣدة رﻗم واﻷﺧرى ﻛﻣﺎ ھو ﻣﺑﯾن ﯾﻣﺛل اﻟﺷراﺋﺢ وﻛل اﻟﺷراﺋﺢ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﻣل ﻧﻔس اﻟﺣرف ﻣرﺑوطﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺿﮭﺎ " "SAھﻲ ﻋﺑﺎرة ﻋن اﻟﺷرﯾﺣﺔ Aﻓﻲ اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ أرﻗﺎم . ﻓﻣﺛﻼ إذا أردﻧﺎ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ رﻗم ﻣﻌﯾن ﻣﺛل اﻟرﻗم ٣ﻣﺛﻼ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻵﺣﺎد ﯾﺗم أوﻻ ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟطرف LED3ﺑﺎﻟﻣوﺟبواﻷطراف a,b,c,d,gﺑﺎﻟﺳﺎﻟب ﻓﯾﺗم ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ اﻟرﻗم . ٣ -ﻓﻲ ھذه اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ إذا ﺗرﻛﻧﺎ اﻷطراف اﻷﺧرى LED0-LED1-LED2ﻏﯾر ﻣوﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻠن ﺗﺿﻲء وﻟن ﺗﻛﺗب أي أرﻗﺎم . إذا ﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷطراف اﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوﺟب أﯾﺿﺎ ﻓوف ﺗﻛﺗب ﻧﻔس اﻟرﻗم ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﺷراﺋﺢ ﺑﮭﺎ ﻣوﺻﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﻣﺛﯾﻼﺗﮭﺎ. إذا :ﻛﯾف ﯾﺗم ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ أرﻗﺎم ﺑﺻورة ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ؟ ھذا ﻣﺎ ﺳوف ﻧﺟﯾب ﻋﻠﯾﮫ اﻵن . Mul plexing 7Segment display · ﻓﻲ ھذه اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ ﯾﺗم ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ اﻟرﻗم اﻟﻣطﻠوب " ﻣﺛﻼ " ٢٠٠٥ﺑﮭذه اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ : -١ﯾﺗم ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ اﻟرﻗم ٥ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻵﺣﺎد أوﻻ ﺑﻧﻔس اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ واﻟﺧﺎﻧﺎت اﻷﺧرى ﻣطﻔﺄة . -٢ﺑﻌد ذﻟك ﯾﺗم ﻓﺻل اﻵﺣﺎد LED3=0Voltﺛم ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ اﻟرﻗم ٠ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺷرات واﻟﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣطﻔﺄ“ Led0, . " led1,led3 = 0 volt -٣ﯾﺗم ﻓﺻل ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺷرات ﺛم ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ اﻟرﻗم ٠ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﺋﺎت ﻣﺛﻠﻣﺎ ﺳﺑق. -٤ﯾﺗم ﻓﺻل ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﺋﺎت ﺛم ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ اﻟرﻗم ٢ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻵﻻف ﻛﻣﺎ ﺳﺑق أﯾﺿﺎ . وﻧﻼﺣظ اﻵﺗﻲ : ﯾﺗم ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ رﻗم واﺣد ﻓﻘط ﻣن اﻷرﻗﺎم اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻣطﻠوب ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺗﮭﺎ . أي ٥ﺛم ٠ﺛم ٠ﺛم ٢وﻟﻛن ﺗﻛﺗب اﻷرﻗﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺗﺎﻟﻲ وﻟﻛن ﺑﺳرﻋﺔ ﻛﺑﯾرة ﻻ ﺗﻼﺣظﮭﺎ اﻟﻌﯾن اﻟﻣﺟردة واﻟﺳرﻋﺔ ﺗﺻلإﻟﻰ ٥٠ﻣرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﻟﻠرﻗم اﻟواﺣد أي ﺑﻣﻌدل ٢٠٠ﻣرة ﻟﻸرﻗﺎم اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ " "Hz٢٠٠وھذا ﯾﺷﺑﮫ إﺿﺎءة اﻟﻣﺻﺑﺎح اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻻﻧﮫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﯾﻘﺔ اﻻﻣر ﯾطﻔﺊ وﯾﺿﻲء ٥٠ﻣر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ اﻟواﺣدة ﺑﺳﺑب اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻣﺗردد اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻟﻛن ﻻ ﻧﻼﺣظ ذﻟك ﺑﺎﻟﻌﯾن اﻟﻣﺟردة . ﻟذﻟك ﯾﺗطﻠب اﻷﻣر ﻣﺎ ﯾﺳﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟرﻗﻣﻲ Micro Controllerﻟﯾﻘوم ﺑﮭذه اﻟﻣﮭﻣﺔ ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﯾﺗم ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺗﮫ وﺗﺣﻣﯾﻠﮫ ﻋﻠﻲ ھذا اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻟﯾﻘوم ﺑدور اﻟﻌرض ﺑﮭذه اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ. ﻟﻧﺳﮭل اﻷﻣر ﻋﻠﯾﻧﺎ ﺟﻣﯾﻌﺎ ﺳوف ﻧﻌﺗﺑر اﻷﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﺗﺟرﺑﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﯾﮫ وﻧﻘوم ﺑﺷرﺣﮭﺎ : ﻟدﯾﻧﺎ اﻵن Led Moduleﻛﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺻورة ﻣن ﻧوع " common Cathodeاﻟﺧط اﻟﻣﺷﺗرك ھو اﻟﺳﺎﻟب " ﺗمﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷطراف اﻟﻣوﺟﺑﺔ " اﻟﺷراﺋﺢ ﻣن Aاﻟﻲ " Gﺑﺎﻟﺑورت Bﻣن اﻟﻣﺎﯾﻛرو ﻛﻧﺗروﻟر وھو اﻟﻣﺳؤول ﻋن ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ اﻟرﻗم اﻟﻣطﻠوب . أﻣﺎ اﻷطراف اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻓﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺑورت Aﻟﻌﻣل Scanningﻟﮭﺎ " أي ﻋﻣل ﻣﺳﺢ ﻟﮭﺎ -اﻟﻣﻘﺻود ﺑﻛﻠﻣﺔ " ﻣﺳﺢ " ھو ﺗﺷﻐﯾل رﻗم واﺣد ﻓﻘط ﺛم اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ وھﻛذا ﺑﺳرﻋﺔ ٢٠٠ﻣرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﻟﻸرﻗﺎم اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ. ﺑﺎﻟطﺑﻊ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ ﻣﺛل ھذه اﻟدواﺋر ﺑﺻورة ﺻﺣﯾﺣﺔ وﺳوف ارﻓق اﻟدواﺋر واﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﻌد اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿرة . إﻻ أن اﻟﻣﮭم ھو ﻛﯾﻔﯾﺔ ﻋﻣل ھذه اﻟداﺋرة . وﯾﻣﻛن أﯾﺿﺎ ﻟﮭذا اﻟﻣﺎﯾﻛرو ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ ﻣﮭﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﺑداﺋرة اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ Front panelﻣﻊ اﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﻌﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻌرض ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻷرﻗﺎم واﻟﯾﻛم اﻟﻣﺛﺎل ﻋﻠﻲ ذﻟك : ﻓﻲ ھذه اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗم وﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻣﻊ اﻷرﻗﺎم وﯾﺗم أﯾﺿﺎ ﻋﻣل ﻣﺳﺢ ﻟﮭﺎ ﺑﻣﻌدل ٥٠ﻣرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﺣظﺔ اﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻷرﻗﺎم . إذا ﻧظرﻧﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﺳﺎﺑق ﻧﺟد اﻧﮫ ﯾﺗم ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺢ Scanningﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻷرﻗﺎم واﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺑﮭذه اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ : -١ﯾﺗم ﻋﻣل scanﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻷرﻗﺎم وﯾﻛون اﻟﺑورت A,Bﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺧرج outputوﯾﺗم ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ اﻷرﻗﺎم . -٢ﻓﻲ ﻟﺣظﮫ اﻧطﻔﺎء اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﯾﺗم ﻓﺻل اﻟﺑورت Aﻧﮭﺎﺋﯾﺎ وﯾﻧﻘﺳم اﻟﺑورت Bإﻟﻰ ﻧﺻﻔﯾن اﻷول ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺧرج Outputواﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدﺧل . Input -٣ﻛﻣﺎ ﻧﻼﺣظ أن اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻋﻠﻲ ھﯾﺋﺔ ﻣﺻﻔوﻓﺔ ٤×٤ﺗﻌطﻲ ١٦ﻣﻔﺗﺎح وﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﻌرف ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟﻣﺿﻐوط ھﻛذا : ﯾوﺿﻊ اﻟطرف RB4ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺧرج وﯾﻛون اﻟﺧرج Logic 1أي Vccأو ٥ﻓوﻟت ﻣﺛﻼ وﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻷطراف. RB5,RB6,RB7 = 0 ﻛﻣﺎ ذﻛرﻧﺎ ﯾوﺿﻊ اﻟﻧﺻف اﻵﺧر ﻣن اﻟﺑورت Bوھو RB0,RB1,RB2,RB3ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدﺧل INPUTوﯾﻛون ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻧﺗظﺎر اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻲ أي ﻣﻔﺗﺎح. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ RB4=1ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ٠و١و٢و ٣ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺗﻌداد ﻓﺈذا ﺗم اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻲ ٢ﻣﺛﻼ ﯾﻛوناﻟطرﻓﺎن) ( RB1,RB4=1واﻟﺑﺎﻗﻲ RB0,RB2,RB3,RB5,RB6,RB7=0ﻓﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﻌرف ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟذي ﺗم ﺿﻐطﮫ . ﺛم ﯾﻧﺗﻘل اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺑوﺿﻊ RB4=0واﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎل إﻟﻰ RB5=1وﯾﻛون اﻟﺻف اﻵﺧر ﻣن اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﻌدادوھﻛذا . وھذا ﻣﺎ ﯾﺗم ﺗﻧﻔﯾذه ﺑﺎﻟﺿﺑط ﻣن اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء أن ﻋدد اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻻ ﯾزﯾد ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ وﻟذﻟك ﺗﻛون ﻋﻠﻲ ھﯾﺋﺔ ﻣﺻﻔوﻓﺔ ٤×٢ﻓﻘط . وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺄﻛﯾد ﯾﻣﻛن إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أﺷﯾﺎء أﺧرى ﻣﺛل ﺳﺎﻋﺔ رﻗﻣﯾﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ ﻋن اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ﯾﺗم ﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﮭﺎ أﺛﻧﺎء وﺿﻊ Standby ﻟﻠرﯾﺳﯾﻔر واﻟﻌدﯾد ﻣن اﻟﻣﮭﺎم أﯾﺿﺎ. وﯾﻣﺗﺎز ھذا اﻟﻧوع ﻣن اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺗﻘﻼﻟﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﮫ وﺗوﻓﯾر أطراف اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور ﻟﻣﮭﺎم أﺧرى واﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻌدﯾد ﻣن اﻟﻣﮭﺎم. أﯾﺿﺎ ﺗﻣﺗﺎز ھذه اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ ﺑﻌدم اﻧﺷﻐﺎل اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور ﺑﻌرض اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌرض ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻣرة وﻟﻛن ﯾﻘوم ﻓﻘط ﺑﺈﻋطﺎء أواﻣر ﻟﻠﻣﺎﯾﻛرو اﻟﻣوﺟود ﻓﻲ اﻟﺑﺎﻧل ﻟﺗوﻟﻲ ﻣﮭﻣﺔ ﻋرض اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻣﺎ ﯾﺗﯾﺢ اﻟﻔرﺻﺔ واﻟوﻗت اﻷﻛﺑر ﻟﻠﺑروﺳﯾﺳور ﻟﻌﻣل ﻣﮭﺎم اﻛﺑر ﺑﻛﺛﯾر ﻣن دور اﻟﻌرض أو اﻟﻛﺷف ﻋن ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ . وﻋﻧد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻲ أي ﻣﻔﺗﺎح " ﺗﻐﯾر ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ " ﯾﻘوم اﻟﻣﺎﯾﻛرو ﻛوﻧﺗروﻟر ﺑﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور ﻟﻠﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺟدﯾدة ﻓﻘط ﻟﯾﻘوم ﺑﺗﻧﻔﯾذھﺎ . وﯾﺗم اﻟرﺑط ﺑﯾن اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﯾﺔ واﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﺑﻌدة أطراف ھﻲ (SDA (serial dataو SCL (serial (clockو Gndو Vccو IRوھذا ﻣﺎ ﯾﺳﺎﻋد ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺗﻘﻠﯾل ﻣن اﻷطراف . ) (٢اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن طرﯾق اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور ﻓﻲ ھذه اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ ﯾﺗم اﻟﻌرض ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ وﻛﺷف ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ ﻣن اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة دون أي وﺳﯾط وﻛﺄﻧﮫ ﺗم اﺳﺗﺑدال اﻟﻣﺎﯾﻛرو ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﺑﺟزء ﻣن اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور . PORT Output وھﻧﺎ ﯾﺗم ﻣﺣﺎوﻟﺔ ﺗﺧﻔﯾض ﻋدد اﻷطراف أﯾﺿﺎ ورﺑﻣﺎ وظﺎﺋف ﺑﻌدد اﻷطراف ﻟﺗﻌﻣل ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧظﺎم اﻷواﻣر ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌض اﻷﺣﯾﺎن . وﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺎ ﯾﺳﻣﻲ Shift Registerﻟﺗﺧزﯾن اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻷﺧﯾرة ﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﻠﻌرض وﺗﻌﻣل ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧظﺎم ﻧﻘل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻲ . · ﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣل ﻣﻊ اﻟﺑﺎﻧل ﺑﻌدة أطراف ﺗﺧرج ﻣن اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور وھﻲ . Key0-Key1-SDA-SCL-A-B-C-D-IR : · ﯾﺗم إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت إﻟﻰ اﻟـ registerﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﯾﺎ ﻋﺑر اﻟطرف SDAوﯾﺟب ﺗوﻓر اﻟﻧﺑﺿﺎت اﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﯾﺔ أﯾﺿﺎ SCLإﻟﻰ اﯾﺳﻲ اﻟـ Registerﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺳﺗطﯾﻊ ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ ﻣﮭﻣﺗﮫ . · وﯾﻘوم اﻟـ Registerﺑﺗﺣوﯾل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣن اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻲ Serial dataاﻟﻲ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻣﺗوازي Parallel data ﻟﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌرض ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة وھﻛذا ﺑواﺳطﺔ طرﻓﯾن ﻓﻘط ﺗم ﻧﻘل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ. · ﺑواﺳطﺔ اﻷطراف A-B-C-Dﯾﺗم اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻋن ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﯾﺢ وﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌرض. · وﻋن طرﯾق اﻟطرﻓﯾن Key0-Key1ﯾﺗم ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟذي ﺗم اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﯾﮫ وﻧﻘﻠﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور ﻟﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻷﻣر اﻟﻣطﻠوب . " اﻟذاﻛرة " ﻛﻠﻣﺔ واﺣدة ،ﻟﻛﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺣﻣل ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺑﯾرة ،ﻻ ﯾﺳﺗطﯾﻊ اﻹﻧﺳﺎن اﻟﻌﯾش ﺑدوﻧﮭﺎ ،وإﻻ ذھب ﻣﻊ اﻟرﯾﺎح ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟم اﻟﻧﺳﯾﺎن . اﻣﺗﻸ اﻟﻌﺎﻟم ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻷﻓﻛﺎر ،ﻟﯾﺳﺟل ﻣﻧﮭﺎ اﻹﻧﺳﺎن ﻓﻲ ذاﻛرﺗﮫ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺣﺗﺎﺟﮫ ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﻟﯾﻔﻛر وﯾﺑدع ،أو ﻟﯾﺗﻌﺎرف وﯾﺗواﺟد ﺑﯾن ﻏﯾره ﻣن ﺑﻧﻲ اﻟﺑﺷر ،وإذا ﻓﻘدھﺎ اﺻﺑﺢ ﻻ ﺷﺊ ﻣﺛﻠﮫ ﻣﺛل اﻟﺟﻣﺎد ﻻ ﯾﺛﻣر وﻻ ﯾﻐﻧﻲ ﻣن ﺟوع . اھﺗم ﺑﮭﺎ اﻟﻌﻠﻣﺎء واﻟﺧﺑراء ﻓﺻﻧﻌوا ﻣﻧﮭﺎ أروع ﻣﺎ أﻧﺗﺟﮫ اﻟﻌﻘل اﻟﺑﺷري ﻣن آﻻت إﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ دﻗﯾﻘﺔ أﺻﺑﺣﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺳﺗطﯾﻊ اﻟﺣﯾﺎة ﺑدوﻧﮭﺎ ،ﻣﻧﮭﺎ أﺟﮭزة اﻟﻛوﻣﺑﯾوﺗر واﻟﻛﺎﻣﯾرا وأﺟﮭزة اﻟﻔﯾدﯾو واﻟﺻوت واﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر وﻏﯾرھﺎ . ﻧﺗﻧﺎول ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟم دﯾﺟﯾﺗﺎل ﻣوﺿوﻋﻧﺎ اﻵن ﺟﮭﺎز اﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻟرﻗﻣﻲ " اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر " وﻧﺗﻌﻣق ﻓﯾﮭﺎ ﻟﻧﻌرف ﻣﻌﺎ ﺗﻛوﯾﻧﮭﺎ وأﻧواﻋﮭﺎ وطرﯾﻘﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﮭﺎ . ﺗﻧﻘﺳم اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻓﻲ اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر اﻟرﻗﻣﻲ إﻟﻰ ﻧوﻋﯾن وھﻣﺎ : -١ذاﻛرة ﻣؤﻗﺗﺔ ) . ( Random Access Memory RAM -٢ذاﻛرة داﺋﻣﺔ . Flash Memory -٣ذاﻛرة داﺋﻣﺔ . EEProm وﺗوﺿﺢ اﻟﺻورة ﺷﻛل) (١أﻣﺎﻛن اﻟذاﻛرة ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻟﻠرﯾﺳﯾﻔر . اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟﻣؤﻗﺗﺔ ) ( RAM اﻟذاﻛرة RAMذاﻛرة ﻣؤﻗﺗﺔ ،ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣﻊ وﺣدة اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﻣرﻛزى )اﻟﺑر وﺳﯾﺳور( ﻟﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﻲ ﺑﮭﺎ ، وﺗﺧزﯾن اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣؤﻗﺗﺎ ﻗﺑل ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺗﮭﺎ ﺑﺻﻔﮫ داﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯾﻣوري . وھذا اﻟﻧوع ﻣن اﻟذاﻛرة ﻋﺑﺎرة ﻋن ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت ﻣﺗﻧﺎھﯾﺔ اﻟﺻﻐر ،وﯾﻣﺛل ﻛل ﻣﻛﺛف )ﺑﺎﯾت( واﺣد ﻣن ﺣﺟم اﻟذاﻛرة ، وﺗﺗﻛون اﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت ﻣن ﻣﺻﻔوﻓﺔ ﺗﺷﻛل ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺿﮭﺎ اﻟﺣﺟم اﻟﻧﮭﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠذاﻛرة . إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻣﻛﺛف ﻣﺷﺣون ﻓﯾﻣﺛل اﻟرﻗم " "١ﺑﻧظﺎم اﻟﻌد اﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ،وإذا ﺗم ﺗﻔرﯾﻐﮫ " ﻻ ﯾوﺟد ﺑﮫ ﺷﺣﻧﮫ " ﻓﮭو ﯾﻣﺛل اﻟرﻗم " "٠وھذا ﯾﺗم ﺑﺳرﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﺗﺻل إﻟﻲ ١٦٠ﻣﯾﺟﺎھرﺗز . وﺗﺳﻣﻲ ﻣﺻﻔوﻓﺔ اﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻠﯾﺔ " " memory cell arrayواﻟﺧﻼﯾﺎ ﺗﻛون وﺣدة اﻟﺗﺧزﯾن واﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺷﺑﺔ )اﻟﺑﻧك ( ،وﯾﺗم ﺗﺷﻛﯾل اﻟﺑﺎﻧﻛﺎت ﻋﻠﻲ ھﯾﺋﺔ ﻣﺻﻔوﻓﺔ اﻛﺑر ،وھﻛذا ..... وﯾﻠزم ﻟﻛل ﺑﻧك وﺣدة )دﯾﻛودر( ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺗﻧظﯾم اﻟوﺻول إﻟﻲ اﻟﺧﻼﯾﺎ وﺗﻧﺷﯾطﮭﺎ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻟزم اﻷﻣر . واﻟذاﻛرة ﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻘدة ﻧوع ﻣﺎ ،ﻓﺎﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت ﺑﻌد وﻗت ﻗﺻﯾر ﺗﻔﻘد ﺷﺣﻧﺗﮭﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯾﺎ وﯾﻠزﻣﮭﺎ اﻟﺗﻧﺷﯾط ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣرار ﻛل ﻓﺗره ،ﻟذا ﯾﻠزﻣﮭﺎ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺳﻣﻲ " " self ******* logic& timerوھو ﻣﺎ ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺷﺣن اﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت إذا وﺟد إن ﻗﯾﻣﺗﮭﺎ ﺑدأت ﺗﺗﻌدي %٧٥ﻣن إﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﺷﺣﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﻛﺛف . واﻟذاﻛرة ﻟﮭﺎ Address Busو Data Busﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻲ ﺧطوط اﻟﺗﺣﻛم " "Control linesﺗﺗﺻل ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﻋﻠﻲ وﺣدة اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﻣرﻛزى)اﻟﺑروﺳﯾﺳور( ،وﺗﺑدأ اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟﻌﻣل ﻋﻧد ﺑدأ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل ،ﻓﯾﻘوم )اﻟﺑوت ﻟودر( أو اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﺑﻧﻘل اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﻲ ﻣن وﺣدة اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟداﺋﻣﺔ " اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯾﻣوري " إﻟﻲ اﻟذاﻛرة RAMﻟﺑدأ ﺗﻧﻔﯾذه . أﯾﺿﺎ ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟذاﻛرة RAMﻋﻧد ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺑﺣث ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻘﻧوات أو ﺗﺣرﯾرھﺎ ﺛم ﺑﻌد إﻧﮭﺎء اﻟﻣﮭﻣﺔ ﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﺧزﯾن ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟداﺋﻣﺔ " اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯾﻣوري " . اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟداﺋﻣﺔ ) ( Flash Memory اﻟذاﻛرة اﻷﻛﺛر ﺷﮭرة واھﺗﻣﺎم ﻓﻲ أﺟﮭزة اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ﻟﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺑﺑﮫ ﻣن أﻋطﺎل ﻓﻘد اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﻲ)اﻟﺳوﻓت وﯾر( ، واھﺗﻣﺎم اﻟﻔﻧﯾﯾن ﺑﮭﺎ . ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﺣﻔظ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﻲ واﻟﻘﻧوات ﺑﺻﻔﺔ داﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ .وﻗد ﺗﺎﺧز ﺑﻌض اﻵﺷﻛﺎل ﻣﺛﺎل ﺷﻛل):(٥ وﺗﺻل ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺗﺧزﯾن ﺑﮭﺎ إﻟﻲ ٨ﻣﯾﺟﺎﺑﺎﯾت وھﻲ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ إﻟﻲ ﺣد ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺑراﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ . وﯾوﺿﺢ ﺷﻛل) (٦ﻣﺧطط ھذه اﻟوﺣدة: ﺗﺷﺑﮫ اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟﻣؤﻗﺗﺔ RAMإﻟﻲ ﺣد ﻛﺑﯾر ،إﻻ اﻧﮫ ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﺑﮭﺎ ﺗراﻧزﯾﺳﺗور ﯾﺣﺗﻔظ ﺑﺎﻻﻟﻛﺗروﻧﺎت ﺑﺻﻔﺔ داﺋﻣﺔ ﺑدﻻ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻛﺛف . ﯾﺗﻛون اﻟﺑت اﻟواﺣد أو اﻟﺧﻠﯾﺔ " " cellﻣن ﺗراﻧزﯾﺳﺗور ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻲ ﺑواﺑﺔ ﻣﻧطﻘﯾﺔ اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻧوع )ﺑوﻟﻲﺳﻠﯾﻛون( ﻣﻌزوﻟﺔ ﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺎ ﺗﺳﺗطﯾﻊ ﺗﺧزﯾن ﺷﺣﻧﮫ " اﻻﻟﻛﺗروﻧﺎت " وھو ﻣﺎ ﯾﺳﻣﻲ ﺑــ " " electrically isolated . polysilicon floating gate وﻓﻛرة ﻋﻣل ھذا اﻟﺗراﻧزﯾﺳﺗورﺗﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋدد اﻻﻟﻛﺗروﻧﺎت " اﻟﺷﺣﻧﺔ " اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﺑﯾن اﻟﺑواﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﻧطﻘﯾﺔ اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔوطرﻓﻲ ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﻲ ،وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋدم وﺟود اﻟﺷﺣﻧﺎت ﺗﻣﺛل اﻟرﻗم " " ١وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟودھﺎ ﺗﻣﺛل اﻟرﻗم " ."٠ ھذه اﻟﺗراﻧزﺳﺗورات ﻣﺗﻧﺎھﯾﺔ اﻟﺻﻐر إﻟﻲ درﺟﺔ ﻛﺑﯾرة ﺟدا وھذا ﻣﺎ ﯾﺗﯾﺢ ﺻﻧﻊ أﻛﺛر ﻣن ٦٤٠ﻣﻠﯾون ﺗراﻧزﯾﺳﺗورﻓﻲ ﻗطﻌﺔ واﺣدة ھﻲ اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯾﻣوري . ﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺻﻔوﻓﺔ ﺑـوﺣدة ﻓك ﺷﻔرة ﺗﺳﻣﻰ " " XY decoderوﻣﻧﮭﺎ إﻟﻲ دواﺋر أﺧري ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ إﻟﻲ ﺧطوطاﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﻌﻧﺎوﯾن واﻟﺗﺣﻛم . ﺗﺣﺗوي وﺣدة اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯾﻣوري ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻧﺎطق ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﻣﻧطﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ وھﻲ اﻟﺑوت ﺑﻠوك " " boot blockاﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺑدأ ﺗﺣﻣﯾل اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﻲ . ﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ وﻣﺳﺢ ﻛل ﺧﻠﯾﮫ ﺑواﺳطﺔ وﺣدة ﺗﺣﻛم ﺿﻐﯾرة ﺟدا ﺗﺳﻣﻰ )ﻣﺎﯾﻛرو ﻛﻧﺗروﻟر( " micro controller" ﻣدﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ وﺣدة اﻟﻔﻼش وﺗﺗﺣﻣل ﻛل ﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻌدد ﯾﺻل اﻟﻲ ١٠٠٠٠٠ﻣرة ﺑﻌدھﺎ ﺗﺗﻠف ھذه اﻟﺧﻼﯾﺎ وﯾﺟب اﺳﺗﺑدال وﺣدة اﻟﻔﻼش ﺑﺄﻛﻣﻠﮭﺎ . ﯾﺗم ﺗﺣﻣﯾل اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﻲ " " Dump fileﻋﻠﻲ وﺣدة اﻟﻔﻼش ﺑﻣﺑرﻣﺟﺎت اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯾﻣوري أو ﻏﯾرھﺎ . -ﺗﺗﻛون اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯾﻣوري ﻣن ﺑﻠوﻛﺎت ﺑﺄﺣﺟﺎم ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ وﻟﻛل ﺑﻠوك ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ وﺑداﯾﺔ وﯾﻣﻛن ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﺣﺗوﯾﺎﺗﮫ ﺟﻣﻠﺔ واﺣدة . اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟداﺋﻣﺔ EEProm ھﻲ ﻣﺛل اﻟﻔﻼش ﻣﯾﻣوري ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼف طرﯾﻘﺔ ﻧﻘل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ،ﻓﮭﻲ ﺗﻧﻘل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻲ وﺣﺟﻣﮭﺎ ﺻﻐﯾر ﻧﺳﺑﯾﺎ وﺑطﯾﺋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت . ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ھذه اﻟذاﻛرة ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧزﯾن ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟرﯾﺳﯾﻔر ﻣﺛل آﺧر ﻗﻧﺎة ﻗﺑل اﻹﻏﻼق أو اﻟرﻗم اﻟﺳري وأﺣﯾﺎﻧﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧزﯾن اﻟﻘﻧوات ﻣﺛﻠﻣﺎ ﻛﺎن ﻣوﺟود ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺎ . ﯾﺗﯾﺢ ﻧظﺎم ھذه اﻟذاﻛرة ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﻣﻊ أﻛﺛر ﻣن وﺣدة ﻣﺛﻠﮭﺎ ﻣﻣﺎ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﺑزﯾﺎدة اﻟﺣﺟم . -ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ھذا اﻟﻧوع أﯾﺿﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛروت اﻟﺗﺷﻔﯾر ﺑدرﺟﺔ ﻛﺑﯾرة ﺟدا وذﻟك ﻟﺗﺧزﯾن أﻛواد اﻟﺗﺷﻔﯾر . ﺑﺳم ﷲ اﻟرﺣﻣن اﻟرﺣﯾم SERIAL PORTاﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻲ أھم ﻣﺷﺎﻛل وﺻﻠﺔ RS-232 وطرق إﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ وﺿﺑط إﻋدادﺗﮭﺎ ﯾدوﯾﺎ وﺑﺈﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﺑراﻣﺞ RS-232وﺻﻠﺔ )(Recommended Standard-232 ﺗﻠﻌب ھذه اﻟوﺻﻠﺔ دورا ھﺎﻣﺎ وﺣﯾوﯾﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎل أﻧظﻣﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل ﻣن اﻷﻗﻣﺎر اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ ،ﺑل أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻌد واﺣدة ﻣن أھم ﻣﻧﺎﻓذ اﻹﺗﺻﺎل ﺑﯾن وﺳﺎﺋط اﻟﻣﯾدﯾﺎ ﺣﯾث ﺗرﺑط ھذه اﻟوﺳﺎﺋط ﺑﻌﺿﮭﺎ اﻟﺑﻌض ﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ رﺑطﮭﺎ اﯾﺿﺎ ﺑﺄﺟﮭزة اﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر واﻟﻣﺑرﻣﺟﺎت واﻟﻣودم واﻟدﻧﺎﺟل وھﻲ ﺑواﺑﺔ اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣرﺳﻠﺔ واﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﺔ ووﺳﯾﻠﺔ اﻟﺗﺧﺎطب واﻹﺗﺻﺎل .واﻟﺗﺑﺎدل اﻟﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ وأداة اﻟرﺑط ﺑﯾن ﻋﻧﺎﺻر ﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ ھذه اﻟوﺳﺎﺗط ﻓﻣﻌظم أﺟﮭزة اﻟرﺳﯾﻔرات ﺗﺗﺿﻣن ھذا اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻲ ﺣﯾث ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻷﻏراض اﻟﺗﺣدﯾﺛﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣرة أو ﻟﻠﻣﺷﺎھدة ﺑﺄﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗدﻋم ھذه اﻟﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ ـ وﺑﯾن اﻟدﻧﺟل Dongleﺑﺎﻟﻣﺷﺎرﻛﺔ ) اﻟﺷﯾرﻧﺞ( ﻛﻣﺎ ﯾرﺑط ﺑﯾﻧﮭﺎ وﺑﯾن اﻟدﻧﺟل واﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ،ﺳواء ﻷﻏراض اﻟﺗﺣدﯾﺛﺎت أو ﻷﻏراض اﻟﺷﯾرﻧﺞ ،ﻛﻣﺎ ﯾﺗﺻل ﻗﺎرئ اﻟﻛروت ﺑﮭذه اﻟﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ ﺳواء .ﻛﺎن ﻟﺑرﻣﺟﺔ اﻟﻛروت أو ﻟﻘراءة ﻣﺣﺗوﯾﺎﺗﮭﺎ وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟرﻏم ﻣن ظﮭور ﺑﻌض اﻟﻣﺷﺎﻛل أﺛﻧﺎء إﺟراء اﻟﺗﺣدﯾﺛﺎت أو ﻋﻧد اﻟﻣﺷﺎھدة ﻋن طرﯾق اﻟﺷﯾرﻧﺞ اﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ ،ﻓﺈن ﻏﺎﻟﺑﯾﺔ ھذه اﻟﻣﺷﺎﻛل ﯾﻣﻛن ﺣﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﺳﮭوﻟﺔ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻟدﯾﻧﺎ ﻓﮭم وﻟو ﺑﺳﯾط ﻋن اﻟﻛﯾﻔﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ RS-232اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻧﻔذ .ﯾﻌﻣل ﺑﮭﺎ ھذا اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ وطرق ﻧﻘل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻋن طرﯾﻘﮫ وﻧظرا ﻷھﻣﯾﺔ ھذه اﻟوﺻﻠﺔ وﻣﺎ ﻗد ﯾﻧﺷﺄ ﻋﻧﮭﺎ ﻣن أﻋطﺎل ﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ ﺗوﻗﻔﮭﺎ ﻋن اﻟﻌﻣل ،رأﯾت أن أﺿﻊ ﺑﯾن اﯾدﯾﻛم طرق ﺗﺣدﯾد ھذه اﻷﻋطﺎل وطرق إﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ ﺳواء ﺑﺎﻟوﺳﺎﺋل اﻟﺑﺳﯾطﺔ أو ﺣﺗﻰ اﻹﺣﺗراﻓﯾﺔ أوﻻ :إﺟراءات ﻋﻼﺟﯾﺔ ﺑﺳﯾطﺔ وﻣﻧﮭﺎ اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗوﺻﯾﻼت وﺗواﻓق اﻟﻛﺎﺑل اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣﻊ ﻧوع اﻟرﺳﯾﻔر 1- ذو اﻟﺗﺳﻌﺔ أﺳﻧﺎن D-SUB-9pinوﻧظﺎم ﺗوﺻﯾﻠﮭﺎ أطراﻓﮭﺎ ﺑﺎل null modem cableﻛﺎﺑﻼت اﻟﺗﺣدﯾث ( COMواﻟذي ﯾﺧﺗﻠف ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌض اﻟرﺳﯾﻔرات ﻋن ﺑﻌﺿﮭﺎ اﻵﺧر ﻓﻲ طرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل ( أو ﻓﻲ وﺣدة اﻻﺗﺻﺎل ﺑﺎل ﻧﻔﺳﮭﺎ واﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻧﮭﺎﯾﺗﻲ اﻟﻛﺎﺑل ) )PORT D-SUB-9pin واﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻟﺗوﺻﯾل أطراف ھذا اﻟﻛﺎﺑل ﺗﻛون ﻋﻠﻰ ھذا اﻟﺷﻛل ﺑﯾﻧﻣﺎ ﺗوﺟد طرق أﺧرى ﻛﺛﯾرة ﻟﻠﺗوﺻﯾل وﻛﻠﮭﺎ ﺗﺗوﻗف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧوع اﻟرﺳﯾﻔر ﻧﻔﺳﮫ وﻋﻣوﻣﺎ ﯾﺟب اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ھذا اﻟﻛﺎﺑل وﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻠﺣﺎﻣﺎت ﺑﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎﺗﮫ اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ وﻋدم وﺟود أي ﺗﻼﻣس ﺑﯾن أطراﻓﮫ .وذﻟك ﺑﺈﺳﺗﺧدام ﺟﮭﺎز اﻵﻓوﻣﯾﺗر أو ﺑﺗﺟرﺑﺗﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ رﺳﯾﻔر آﺧر ﺳﻠﯾم أو ﺗﺟرﺑﺔ ﻛﺎﺑل آﺧر ﺳﻠﯾم -٢ﺿﺑط اﻹﻋدادات ﺑﻣﻧﺎﻓذ اﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر :اﻟﻣﺗﺻل ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ﯾﺗم إﺧﺗﯾﺎر COM PORTﻟﺿﺑط إﻋدادات ال COM3, COM1 ,COM2اﻟﻣدﺧل أو اﻟﻣداﺧل Baud rateأو Transfer speedﺳرﻋﺔ اﻟﺗﻘل 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 Data bitsﻋدد اﻟﺑﯾﺗﺎت 5, 6, 7, 8 Parity bit وھﻛذا وﻟﺿﺑط ھذه اﻻﻋدادات: Windows XP COM port setting ﻣن ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ إﺑدأStart > Control Panel > دﺑل ﻛﻠﯾكsystem > Hardware > Device manager > ( دﺑل ﻛﻠﯾكPorts ( COM & LPT > أو ﻛﻠﯾك ﯾﻣﯾن ﻋﻠﻰ الCOM >اﻟذي ﺗرﯾد ﺿﺑط إﻋداداﺗﮫ ﻛﻠﯾكProperties > Port Settings tab ﺿﻊ اﻻﻋدادات اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ ﺛمOK Advancedإﺧﺗﺎر OKوﺿﻊ اﻟﻣؤﺷر ﻛﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺻورة ﺛم . :ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر ﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ ﻏﯾﺎب أﺣد ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻧطﺎم اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل COM PORTﺛﺎﻧﯾﺎ :ﻗد ﯾﻛون ﻋدم اﻟﺗﻌرف ﻋﻠﻰ ال System File Compatibilityواﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌرف ﺑﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﺗواﻓق اﻟﻧظﺎم أو ﺗﺣدﯾث ﻧﺳﺧﺔ اﻟوﯾﻧدوز system32وﯾﻣﻛن ﻧﺳﺦ ھذه اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﻣﺟﻠد commport.dllوأھم ھذه اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت ھو وﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺣﻣﯾﻠﮫ ﻣن ھﻧﺎ commport.dll أﻣﺎ اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻷﺧرى ﻓﮭﻲ advapi32.dll mfc42.dll msvcirt.dll msvcrt.dll ole32.dll oleaut32.dll olepro32.dll rpcrt4.dll wininet.dll وھذا اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ ﯾﺳﺎﻋدك ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﻣﯾل وإﺻﻼح ھذه اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت http://www.dll-files.com/ registryوﻗد ﺗﻛون ھﻧﺎك ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ أﯾﺿﺎ ﺑﺎﻟرﯾﺟﺳﺗري ﻟذا ﯾﺟب اﺳﺗﺧدام أﺣد ﺑراﻣﺞ إﺻﻼح اﻟرﯾﺟﺳﺗري وﻣﻧﮭﺎ و ﻏﯾرھﺎ regtweakerو booster أو ﺗﻠف أﺣد اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻗد ﺗظﮭر ﺑﻌض اﻟرﺳﺎﺋل ﻣﺛل COM PORTوﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋدم اﻟﺗﻌرف ﻋﻠﻰ ال ﺑراﻣﺞ ﻣﻔﯾدة ﻟﻠﺗﻌرف ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺑورﺗﺎت وﺿﺑط إﻋداداﺗﮭﺎ ﻣن اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟرﺳﻣﻲ http://www.aggsoft.com/ ﺣﻣل ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ comstresstest واﻟﯾك ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ آﺧر aspmon4 ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌض اﻷﺟﮭزة RS232ﺛﺎﻟﺛﺎ :ﺿﺑط اﻻﻋدادات اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟل ﺑﻛﻔﺎﺋﺔ ﯾﺗم ﺿﺑطﮭﺎ ﻣن ﺧﻼل اﻟﻠودر اﻟﺧﺎص RS232ﻓﮭﻧﺎك أﺳﺑﺎب أﺧرى ﺗﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻹﻋدادات اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﯾﻌﻣل ﻣﻧﻔذ ﺑﺷرط ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻠودر ﻧﻔﺳﮫ وﺗواﻓﻘﮫ ﻣﻊ ﻣودﯾل RS232ﺑﺗﺣﻣﯾل اﻟﺳوﻓﺗوﯾر أو ﻣن اﻟﺑراﻣﺞ ذات اﻟﺻﻠﺔ ﺑوﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﺟﮭﺎز وﻣن أﻣﺛﻠﺗﮭﺎ ﻟودر ﺗﺣﻣﯾل اﻟﻘﻧوات ﻟﻠﮭﯾوﻣﺎﻛس راﺑﻌﺎ :إﺟراءات ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻧﯾﯾن ﻓﻘط ﻷﺳﺑﺎب ﺗﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺗﻠف داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟرﺳﯾﻔر وﻗد ﺗﺣﺗوي ﺑﻌض اﻟرﺳﯾﻔرات ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔس اﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ وﻟﻛن ﺑﺄﺳﻣﺎء IC MAX 232ﻓﯾﺟب اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ADM 239أو HIN 239وﻓﻲ اﻟﮭﯾوﻣﺎﻛس ﻣﺛﻼ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم HIN 232أﺧري ﻣﺛل ) اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻔﻧﯾﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺟزء اﻟﻣﺳﺋول ﻋن ﻧﻘل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣن وإﻟﻰ وﺣدات اﻟﺗﺧزﯾن ) اﻟﻔﻼﺷﺎت واﻟراﻣﺎت داﺧل اﻟرﺳﯾﻔر ﻻﺣظ أﻧﮫ ﯾوﺟد ﺟﮭد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟطرف رﻗم ١٦ﻗدره ٥ﻓوﻟت وھو ﺟﮭد ﻣﺣﻛوم ﻣﻧظم وﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﺣﺻول ﻋﻠﯾﮫ ﻣن وﺣدة ٧٨٠٥ LM ﻛﻣﺎ أن اﻟطرف رﻗم ١٥ﻣوﺻل ﺑﺄرﺿﻲ اﻟﺟﮭﺎز وﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟك ﯾﺟب اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن وﺟود اﻟﺟﮭد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟطرف ١٦ﻣﻊ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎت ﻗﺑل ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻷﯾﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر COM PORTﺣل ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻋدم وﺟود أو ﺗﻠف اﻟـــ وﺗﺣﺗوي ﻓﻘط ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﻔذ Serial RS232 DB9ﻣﻌظم أﺟﮭزة اﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر اﻟﻣﺣﻣوﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﺳﯾ﷼ USB Serial RS232 DB9 Adapters to USBأو USB to Serial Converterوﯾﻌﺗﺑر وﻣﻧﮭﺎ أﺟﮭزة Serial RS232 DB9ھو اﻟﺣل اﻷﻣﺛل ﻟﻌﻼج ھذة ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟرﺳﯾﻔر واﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗرات اﻟﺷﺧﺻﯾﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ FT232RLوﯾﺣﺗوي ھذا اﻟﻣﺣول ﻋﻠﻰ داﺋرة ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ وﯾﻣﻛن ﺻﻧﻌﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣﺑﯾن ﺑﺎﻟداﺋرة ھذه اﻟﺻورة ﻣﺻﻐره ...ﻧﻘره ﻋﻠﻰ ھذا اﻟﺷرﯾط ﻟﻌرض اﻟﺻوره ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﺣﻘﯾﻘﻲ ...اﻟﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﺣﻘﯾﻘﻲ .واﻟﺣﺟم ٢٦ﻛﯾﻠوﺑﺎﯾت ٦٤٤x291 ھذه اﻟﺻورة ﻣﺻﻐره ...ﻧﻘره ﻋﻠﻰ ھذا اﻟﺷرﯾط ﻟﻌرض اﻟﺻوره ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﺣﻘﯾﻘﻲ ...اﻟﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﺣﻘﯾﻘﻲ .واﻟﺣﺟم ٢٦ﻛﯾﻠوﺑﺎﯾت ٦٦٨x273 وﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺛﺑﯾﺗﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑوردة ﺑﮭذا اﻟﺷﻛل ﻣﮭﻧدس ﻗرﯾﺎﻧﻰ وطرﯾﻘﺔ رﻓﻊ اﻻﯾﺳﻰ اﻟﻣﺗﻌدد اﻻرﺟل ﻣﺛل اﻟراﻣﺎت واﻟﻔﻼﺷﺔ واﻟﺑرﯾﺳﺳور طرﯾﻘﺔ ﻓك اﻻﯾﺳﻲ ﻛل ﻓﻧﻲ ﻟﺔ طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﯾﺗﺑﻌﮭﺎ ﺑﻔك اﻻﯾﺳﻲ وھذة طرﯾﻘﺗﻲ اوﻻ ،،ﻧدھن ال FLUXاﻟﺳﺎﺋل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﺟواﻧﺑﮭﺎ ھﺬة ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻌﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﯿﻦ رﻓﯿﻌﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪن اﻟﺒﻮﻻد ﻻ ﯾﻨﻄﻌﺠﺎن دﺧﻞ ھﺬﯾﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻜﯿﻦ ﺑﯿﻦ اطﺮاف اﻻﯾﺴﻲ وﻧﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﯾﺪﯾﻨﺎ وﻧﺒﺪأ ﺑﺘﺴﻠﯿﻂ اﻟﮭﻮاء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻطﺮاف ﺑﺸﻜﻞ داﺋﺮي وﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﻚ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ھﺬة اﻻﺳﻼك اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ادﺧﺎﻟﮭﺎ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻻطﺮاف ﺳﺘﺠﻌﻞ اﻻﯾﺴﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮭﺎ ﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﻧظﯾف ﻣﻛﺎﻧﮭﺎ ﺟﯾدآ وﯾﺗم ﺗﻠﺣﯾﻣﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﻣذﻛورة ﺑﻛﺎوي اﻟﺷﻔرة ﻟﻣن ﻻ ﯾﻣﻠﻛون ھذا ﺗﺳﺗطﯾﻊ ﻋﻣل واﺣد ﻣﺷﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﺎﺗﻲ ﺑراس ﻛﺎوي وﺗﺑردة )ﺗﺣﻔﺔ (ﻟﯾﺻﺑﺢ ﻧﻔس اﻟﺷﻛل وھذا ﻣﺎ اﻧﺎ ﻋﻣﻠﺗﺔ ﯾﺻﺎدﻓﻧﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻌض اﻟﺣﺎﻻت وﺟود اﻻﯾﺳﻲ ﺑﻣﻛﺎن ﺿﯾق ھﻧﺎ ﻧﺑدل راس اﻟﻛﺎوي ﺑﺎرﻓﻊ ﻟﻛﻲ ﯾﻛون اﻟﮭواء اﻟﻣﺳﻠط ﺑﺎدق وﻻ ﯾؤﺛر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻر اﻻﺧرى ﻧﻘوم ﺑﺗﺳﻠﯾط اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺳﺎﺧن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻطراف ﺑﻌد ﻓﻛﮭﺎ ﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﻧظﯾف وﺑﻧﻔس اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ ﯾﺗم ﺗﻠﺣﯾﻣﮭﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﻤﯿﻞ ﻟﻄﺮﯾﻘﺔ ﻟﺤﺎم اﻻﯾﺴﻰ http://www.solderingtraining.com/gallery.php https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=erb6-i54tbo&feature=youtu.be ﻛﯿﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ ؟ إذا أردت أن ﺗﺤﺘﺮف ﺻﯿﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻜﺮوت وﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﯿﻚ اﻹﻟﻤﺎم أوﻻ وﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻜﻞ إﺣﺘﯿﺎﺟﺎت ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻜﺮوت ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻼﺣﯿﺔ اﻟﻜﺎرت ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻣﮫ . ﻓﺄﺳﺒﺎب ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻜﺎرت ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ،ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻌﺪة ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ ﻏﯿﺎب أﺣﺪ إﺣﺘﯿﺎﺟﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ،وﺑﺪوﻧﮭﺎ ﻟﻦ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻜﺎرت ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺢ . وﻟﻨﺒﺪأ أوﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻷي ﻛﺎرت : ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﮭﺎردوﯾﺮ ﻟﻜﺮوت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ ﯾﺘﻜﻮن ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺣﺪات اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ اﻵﺗﯿﺔ : -١وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ -٢وﺣﺪة ال LNB POWER -٣ﻛﺎﺷﻒ اﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ -٤دﯾﻜﻮدر اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ واﻷودﯾﻮ واﻟﺠﺮاﻓﻜﺲ وﻧﻼﺣﻆ أﯾﻀﺎ أن ﻛﺎرت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ ذو ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﺑﺴﯿﻂ ﺟﺪا وﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮ اﻟﻌﺎدي وھﻮ ﯾﻌﺘﻤﺪ إﻋﺘﻤﺎدا ﻛﻠﯿﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﮫ ) اﻟﺮاﻣﺎت – اﻟﮭﺎرد دﺳﻚ – اﻟﻤﯿﻜﺮوﺑﺮوﺳﺴﻮر – ﻛﺎرت اﻟﺼﻮرة – وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ ( اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ واﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷم واﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻒ وﺗﻨﺼﯿﺐ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ وﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﮭﺎ : ﺗﺘﺼﻞ اﻟﻜﺮوت ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷم motherboardﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺮف ﺑﺎل Peripheral Component (Interconnect (PCI PCI – connector وذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل أي ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ال PCI slot ﻓﻌﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ھﺬه ال PCI slotsﯾﺘﻢ إﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻜﺎرت ﺑﺎﻟﻤﯿﻜﺮو ﺑﺮوﺳﺴﻮر )central (processing unitواﻟﺮاﻣﺎت main memory /RAMواﻟﮭﺎرد دﺳﻚ hard disk وﻛﺎرت اﻟﺼﻮت card soundوﻛﺎرت اﻟﺼﻮرة graphics cardوﺟﻤﯿﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ports وﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ اﻷﺧﺮى ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﺴﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ اﻟﻜﺎرت ﺟﮭﻮد اﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﮫ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﺑﺠﮭﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ main power supply وﻣﻦ أﻋﻄﺎل ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ : رداﺋﺔ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷم أو ﻓﻘﺪ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻔﺎت ﻓﻮﺟﻮد أي إﺗﺼﺎل ردئ أو أﺗﺮﺑﺔ أو ﺣﺪوث ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎل PCI slotsأو ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﻨﻘﻂ اﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﺳﯿﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻜﺎرت ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ،وﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﻒ ال PCI – connectorﻣﻦ اﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ وﺗﻤﺴﺢ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻧﻈﯿﻔﺔ وﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻧﻘﻂ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ ﺑﮭﺎ أو ﺑﺎل slotأو ﯾﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﻜﺎرت ل slotآﺧﺮ وﯾﺘﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﺮﯾﻔﮫ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ . اﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻔﺎت : Drivers اﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻒ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺳﻮﻓﺘﻮﯾﺮ ﯾﺴﺎﻋﺪ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻊ اﻟﮭﺎرد وﯾﺮ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ وﺗﺮﺟﻊ أھﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻔﺎت ﻛﻮﻧﮭﺎ وﺳﯿﻠﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﯿﻖ اﻟﺘﻌﺎرف واﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﯿﻦ ھﺎردوﯾﺮ اﻟﻜﺎرت وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت وﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت و ﻧﻈﺎم إدارة اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎت Device managerﺑﺠﮭﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ وﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﺪراﯾﻔﺮز ) اﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻔﺎت ( اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﮭﺎردوﯾﺮ ﯾﺤﻤﻠﮭﺎ اﻟﻮﯾﻨﺪوز أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻨﺼﯿﺒﮫ ،ﻓﯿﻤﺎ ﻋﺪا ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ أي ھﺎردوﯾﺮ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ وﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ، CDوﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ أﯾﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ manufacturer's website وﻛﺎرت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺒﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﮭﺎز ﻟﻠﻤﺮة اﻷوﻟﻰ ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﯾﻔﮫ ،ﻛﺄي ھﺎردوﯾﺮ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ new hardwareأو ﻛﺄي new deviceﯾﻀﺎف ﻟﺠﮭﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ وﺑﺪون ھﺬا اﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻒ ﻟﻦ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﮭﺎردوﯾﺮ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ . ﻛﻤﺎ أﻧﮫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﯾﻞ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻜﺎرت ب PCI slotsآﺧﺮ ﻷي ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب ﻓﺈﻧﮫ ﯾﺠﺐ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﺮﯾﻔﮫ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ وﻟﻮ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺗﻌﺮﯾﻔﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮫ اﻷول ﻷن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮫ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ ﯾﻌﺮف ك PCI/busﺟﺪﯾﺪ إذن ﻓﻘﺪ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻒ ﯾﻌﺘﺒﺮ أﺣﺪ أﺳﺒﺎب ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻜﺮوت ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ واﻟﯿﻜﻢ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻔﺎت ﻟﻨﻮﻋﯿﻦ ﺷﮭﯿﺮﯾﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﺮوت : SkyStar 2 وﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻔﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﮭﺎ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ھﻨﺎ http://www.technisat.com/index9fc5.h...ownloads,en,33 أو ﻣﻦ ھﻨﺎ http://www.dvbskystar.com/down_drivers.html وﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺰﯾﺪ وأھﻢ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ ھﻨﺎ http://www.dvbskystar.com أﻣﺎ اﻟﺘﻮﯾﻨﮭﺎن Vision plus OR TwinHan ﻓﯿﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﯾﻔﺎﺗﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ھﻨﺎ /http://drivers.brothersoft.com/display/twinhan ﺗﻨﺼﯿﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﺒﻞ وﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﮫ ووﺿﻊ إﻋﺪادات ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ): (DiSEq/ LNB وﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﻜﺮوت إﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ،و ﺗﻮﺟﺪ اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ وﻣﻨﮭﺎ ProgDVBو MyTheatreوﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ووظﯿﻔﺔ ھﺬه اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ : وﺿﻊ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم اﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺎح ) ﻛﺈﻋﺪادات إﺳﻢاﻟﻘﻤﺮ وﻧﻮع ال - LNBﺗﻔﻌﯿﻞ اﻟﺪاﯾﺴﻚ – اﻟﺘﺮددات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﯿﺘﻢ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ ..... ( إﻣﻜﺎﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات وﺗﺨﺰﯾﻨﮭﺎ وإﻋﺎدة ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺒﮭﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻷﻗﻤﺎر وﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت طﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎتاﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻠﺠﻨﺰ Pluginsاﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻘﻨﻮاتاﻟﻤﺸﻔﺮة وﻣﻨﮭﺎ S2emu, vplug, softcamو ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺸﯿﺮﯾﻨﺞ ﻣﺜﻞ v_dcw_sharingو Yankseو WinCSC وﻣﻦ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻊ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺰﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ ھﺬه اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ وأﺣﺪﺛﮭﺎ http://skystar-2.com/softcam.htm http://www.makadvb.com/news.php وﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﮭﺎﻣﺔ أﯾﻀﺎ واﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﺼﯿﺒﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﮫ اﻟﻜﺮوت ﺑﻨﺠﺎح ،ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻜﻮدﻛﺲ وﻣﻦ أھﻤﮭﺎ mpeg2_decodersﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺠﯿﺪ ﻟﻠﺼﻮت واﻟﺼﻮرة وﻟﻌﻼج ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ إﺧﺘﻔﺎء أواﻟﺘﻘﻄﯿﻊ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض وھﻮ ﻛﻮدﯾﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻤﻌﻈﻢ أﻧﻮاع ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺴﺘﺎﻻﯾﺖ وﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﺼﯿﺐ اﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮ elecardﻟﻌﻼج ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت واﻟﺼﻮرة وإﺧﺘﻔﺎء رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ أﺣﯿﺎﻧﺎ وﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ وﺗﻮﻗﻔﮫ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ أي وﻗﺖ ،ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻜﺎرت ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ،أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد أﺧﻄﺎء ﻓﻨﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻹﻋﺪادات ،ﻓﺈن ذﻟﻚ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺂداء اﻟﻜﺎرت . ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺴﺘﺎﻻﯾﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ اﻟﺠﻮدة أو ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ اﻟﻮﺿﻮح High Definition DVB-S PCI card ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﺮوت DVB-S2 HDTVﯾﺤﺘﺎح إﻟﻰ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻜﻮدﻛﺲ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪث إﺻﺪاراﺗﮭﺎ ﻟﺘﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﻜﺮوت ﻟﯿﻌﻄﻲ آداء ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ،أﻣﺎ اﻟﮭﺎردوﯾﺮ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻓﯿﻜﻮن ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ :For DVB-S2 HDTV * GHz CPU or above, Dualcore CPU ٣.٠ * GB RAM or Above١ * Graphic Card with at Least 64MB RAM وظﯿﻔﺔ ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ وﻛﯿﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ : ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ DVB-S PCI CARDﻣﺜﻠﮭﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ أي رﺳﯿﻔﺮ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﺣﺪة ال LNBﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﻮري ،ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻨﮫ اﻹﺷﺎرات واﻟﺘﺮددات اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ذﻟﻚ أن ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺴﺘﺎﻻﯾﺖ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ أﯾﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪ اﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪة ال LNB وھﻲ : -١ﺟﮭﺪ ﻗﺪره ١٣ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة وﺟﻌﻠﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ إﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺗﺮددات اﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎب اﻟﺮأﺳﻲ -٢ﺟﮭﺪ ﻗﺪره ١٨ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة وﺟﻌﻠﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ إﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺗﺮددات اﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎب اﻷﻓﻘﻲ -٣ﻧﺒﻀﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﺳﺖ Tone Burstاﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺪاﯾﺴﻚ واﻟﺘﻮن Tone Burst اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺘﺮددات اﻟﻔﻮﻗﯿﺔ أو اﻟﺘﺤﺘﯿﺔ ،ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ) ﻓﻮق ( ١١٧٠٠و اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ) أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ( ١١٧٠٠وھﻮ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺮف ﺑﺎل ،BAND SWITCHINGوأﯾﻀﺎ Data Burstﻟﺘﻔﻌﯿﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ إﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت )اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ( ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻲ واﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل اﻷول ﻋﻦ إﻧﺘﺎج وﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت ھﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﯿﺪ وﺣﺪة ال LNB POWER ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮات إﻻ أن ھﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻓﻲ ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ ﺗﻜﻮن ذات ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﺗﻤﯿﺰھﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮات اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ وﺳﻨﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ . وﯾﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮ اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻋﻦ ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺴﺘﺎﻻﯾﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﯿﺚ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ ،ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮوف أن اﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮ اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻟﮫ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﮭﻮد اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ،ﻛﻤﺎ أﻧﮫ ﯾﺘﻀﻤﻦ وﺣﺪات ذاﻛﺮة داﺋﻤﺔ وﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ وﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ووﺳﺎﺋﻞ وﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﻓﺘﻮﯾﺮات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﺨﺘﺰن ﺑﺮاﻣﺠﮫ وﻗﻨﻮاﺗﮫ ﺑﺬاﻛﺮﺗﮫ وﺑﺪاﺧﻠﮫ ،ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ ﯾﺘﺸﺎﺑﮫ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻜﺮوت ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪات اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻛﺎﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ وﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﯿﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻛﺸﻒ اﻹﺷﺎرة وإﺳﺘﺨﻼص وإﺧﺮاج إﺷﺎرات اﻟﺼﻮت واﻟﺼﻮرة ،ﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺟﮭﺰة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺣﺪات ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻜﺮوت اﻟﺬﻛﯿﺔ وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ . ][centerأﻋﻄﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة ﺑﻜﺮوت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ ][size/ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺪم اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺬھﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺎت اﻟﻤﯿﻜﺮوﺷﯿﺐ ،أﻣﻜﻦ إﻧﺘﺎج وﺣﺪات ﺗﻌﺮف ﺑﺎﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ اﻟﺴﯿﻠﯿﻜﻮﻧﻲ ، SILICON TUNERوھﻲ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺷﯿﺐ ICﯾﺘﻀﻤﻦ داﺧﻠﯿﺎ وﺣﺪة ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺗﺮددات ﻣﺘﻨﺎھﯿﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮ ،ﻣﺬﺑﺬب OSCILLATORﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﻛﺮﯾﺴﺘﺎﻟﺔ وﻣﺎزج MIXERﻹﻧﺘﺎج اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ اﻟﺒﯿﻨﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ،وﻗﺪ ﺷﺎع إﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬا اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﺑﺄﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺘﻠﯿﻔﺰﯾﻮن اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺜﺔ ،وﻓﻲ أﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل وﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﯿﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮات وﻛﺮوت DVB-S/S2 PCI CARD اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ اﻟﺴﯿﻠﯿﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ ﺗﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﺳﻠﯿﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﺧﺎرﺟﯿﺎ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ ﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﺳﻠﯿﻜﻮﻧﻲ آﺧﺮ ﺗﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﺳﯿﻠﯿﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﻜﺎرت PCTV Sat pinnacle ﻛﺎرت آﺧﺮ ﺑﮫ ﺗﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﺳﯿﻠﯿﻜﻮﻧﻲ وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ إﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﺮددات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺳﻠﮭﺎ وﺣﺪة ال LNBﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﺒﯿﺮ ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺮدد وﺧﻔﺾ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ ﺗﺮدده وإﻧﺘﺎج اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺒﯿﻨﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ وﺑﯿﻨﺎ . وﺗﺪﺧﻞ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻟﻠﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﻋﻦ طﺮق اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻄﺮف ال F connector اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ أطﺮاف وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ،ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺗﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﺠﮭﻮد اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪة ال LNBﻓﺘﺘﻢ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري ،وھﻲ ﺟﮭﻮد ﺗﻢ إﻋﺪادھﺎ وإﻧﺘﺎﺟﮭﺎ ﺑﻮﺣﺪة ال LNB POWERوﻟﯿﺲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺘﺨﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ . وﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ إﺷﺎرة ﻗﻮﯾﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ،ﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪة ﺟﮭﻮد ﯾﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﺬي ﺟﻤﯿﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ،وﻣﻦ أھﻤﮭﺎ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ V٣.٣وﺟﮭﺪ ال AGCاﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻷوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﺴﺐ ) وﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮة اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ( ﺑﻌﺾ أﻋﻄﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة وﻋﻼﺟﮭﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ إﻧﻘﻄﺎع ﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﻺﺷﺎرة ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﻧﻔﺮق ھﻨﺎ ﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﺴﺒﺒﯿﻦ : -١ﻣﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ :وﯾﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﺘﻠﻒ وﺣﺪة ال LNBأو ﺧﻠﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﮭﻮد اﻟﻤﻐﺬﯾﺔ ﻟﮭﺎ أوﻋﺪم ﺿﺒﻂ إﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺑﮭﺎ ،أوﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري أوﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﺟﺒﮫ اﻟﻄﺒﻖ ﺗﻮﺟﯿﮭﺎ دﻗﯿﻘﺎ ،أو ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﺪاﯾﺴﻚ ) ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل وﺟﻮده ( -٢ﻣﺴﺒﺐ داﺧﻠﻲ ﯾﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﻜﺎرت ﻧﻔﺴﮫ أو ﻟﻠﺠﮭﻮد اﻟﻤﻐﺬﯾﺔ ﻟﮫ أو ﻓﻘﺪان اﻟﺘﻌﺮﯾﻒ أو ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ أو وﺿﻊ إﻋﺪادات ﺧﺎطﺌﺔ ﻟﻞ LNB ﻛﻤﺎ أن ﺗﻠﻒ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﯾﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﮫ إﻧﻘﻄﺎع ﻛﻠﻲﻟﻺﺷﺎرة وﯾﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻌﮫ ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻷﻓﻘﯿﺔ واﻟﺮأﺳﯿﺔ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻐﯿﺎب ھﺬه اﻹﺷﺎرة . ﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﺠﺐ اﻷﺧﺬ ﻓﻲ اﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ : أن إﻧﻔﺼﺎل أي طﺮف ﻣﻦ أطﺮاف اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ أو وﺟﻮد ﻟﺤﺎم ردئ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺴﺒﺐ أﯾﻀﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ھﺬه اﻷﻋﻄﺎل وأﻧﮫ ﯾﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﺠﯿﺪ ﻟﻠﻜﺎرت وﺳﻼﻣﺔ ال slotوﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻤﯿﻊﻧﻘﻂ اﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻜﺎرت إﻟﻰ slotآﺧﺮ وﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﻰ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﺮﯾﻔﮫ وﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ أي ﺷﺊ ﯾﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺠﮭﻮد اﻟﻮاﺻﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎرت ﺑﺎﻟﻘﯿﺎس ) ﺟﮭﺪ ٣.٣ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ٥ ،ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ١٢ ،ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ( وﯾﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ أﯾﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺢ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري وﺳﻼﻣﺔ ال LNBﺑﺘﺠﺮﺑﺘﮭﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ رﺳﯿﻔﺮﺳﻠﯿﻢ وﯾﺠﺐ ﻗﯿﺎس اﻟﺠﮭﻮد اﻟﻤﻐﺬﯾﺔ ﻟﻞ ) LNBﯾﺘﺤﻤﯿﻠﮭﺎ وﺑﺪون ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻠﮭﺎ ( وذﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪامإﺳﺒﻠﯿﺘﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﻮح وﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﻘﯿﺎس ﻣﻦ داﺧﻠﮫ ﻛﻤﺎ أن أي إﻧﺤﺮاف ﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﺬﺑﺬب اﻟﻜﺮﯾﺴﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﯾﺼﺎﺣﺒﮫ ﻏﯿﺎباﻟﻤﺸﺎھﺪة أﯾﻀﺎ أوﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ،وﻗﺪ ﯾﺤﺪث أﺣﯿﺎﻧﺎ ﺗﺮﺣﯿﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﺮاد اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻨﻮاﺗﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﯾﺎدة أو اﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎن ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻟﮭﺬا اﻹﻧﺤﺮاف ،وﺗﺤﺪث ھﺬه اﻟﻈﺎھﺮة أﯾﻀﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺨﺎطﺌﺔ ﻟﻞ " LNB settings " LNBوإﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻧﻮع ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ . أﺣﯿﺎﻧﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺨﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺴﯿﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﮭﻮت إﯾﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﺮﯾﺴﺘﺎﻟﺔ أن ﺗﻌﻮد ﻟﺘﻌﻤﻞطﺒﯿﻌﯿﺎ وﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻗﺼﯿﺮة ﺟﺪا ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﺎود اﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﺑﻤﺠﺮد أن ﺗﺒﺮد ﺣﺮارﺗﮭﺎ ،وﻓﻲ ھﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺟﺪوى ﻣﻨﮭﺎ وﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﯿﺎب أﺣﺪ اﻟﺠﮭﻮد اﻟﻤﻐﺬﯾﺔ ﻟﻞ LNBأو ﻏﯿﺎب ﻧﺒﻀﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﺳﺖ Tone Burst اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺪاﯾﺴﻚ واﻟﺘﻮن Tone Burstاﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎل BAND SWITCHING ذﻛﺮﻧﺎ أن وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﺑﺠﮭﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ main power supplyھﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﻮﺣﯿﺪ ﻟﻠﺠﮭﻮد داﺧﻞ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ واﻟﺠﮭﻮد اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺠﮭﺎ ھﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ھﻲ : -١ﺟﮭﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻗﺪره ١٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ -٢ﺟﮭﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻗﺪره ٥ﻓﻮﻟﺖ -٣ﺟﮭﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻗﺪره ٣.٣ﻓﻮﻟﺖ -٤ﺟﮭﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺪره ١٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ -٥ﺟﮭﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﺪره ٥ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن ھﺬه اﻟﺠﮭﻮد ﻻ ﯾﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﯿﻨﮭﺎ أي ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﮭﻮد ١٣ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ أو ١٨ﻓﻮﻟﺖ اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ ال LNBﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎب ، وھﻲ ﺟﮭﻮد أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ أﻛﺒﺮ ﺟﮭﺪ ﺗﻨﺘﺠﺔ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ وھﻮ ١٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﯾﺔ ال LNB ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ اﻟﺠﮭﻮد ١٣ﻓﻮﻟﺖ و ١٨ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﻜﺮوت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ ﻓﺈﻧﮫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ إﺳﺘﺨﺪام أي رﺳﯿﻔﺮ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺨﻼف ﻛﺮوت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ ﻓﺈن ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ ھﺬه اﻟﺠﮭﻮد ﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل وﺣﺪة ﺑﺪاﺧﻞ ﻛﻞ رﺳﯿﻔﺮ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ وﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ واﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ھﺬه اﻟﺠﮭﻮد ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﯿﺪ اﻟﺘﻮن ٢٢ك وﯾﻌﺮﻓﮭﺎ اﻟﺠﻤﯿﻊ أﻧﮭﺎ وﺣﺪة ال LNB POWER = LNBPوﻣﻨﮭﺎ ، LNBP15 . LNBP20 واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ھﺬا اﻟﺠﮭﺪ ﺑﺘﺨﻔﯿﺾ ﺟﮭﺪ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﮭﺎ ) ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮ ( واﻟﺬي ﯾﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ٢٤ﻓﻮﻟﺖ أﻣﺎ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﺠﮭﺪ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر ﻻ ﯾﺘﻌﺪى ١٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ وھﻮ أﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﮭﺪ ﺗﻨﺘﺠﮫ أي وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﯾﺔ ﺑﺄي ﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻤﻦ أﯾﻦ ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﮭﻮد ١٣و ١٨ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ أي LNB؟ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎن ﻻﺑﺪ ﻟﻜﺮوت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ وأن ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ ﻟﮭﺬا اﻟﺠﮭﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ١٣و ١٨ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ أي LNBﻹﻓﺘﻘﺎر وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﮭﺬه اﻟﺠﮭﻮد ،وھﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ھﻲ أﯾﻀﺎ وﺣﺪة LNB POWERوﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺧﺎص وﻣﻨﮭﺎ وﺣﺪة ال ، LNB POWER 21وﺣﺪة ال LNB POWER 23وﺗﻤﺘﺎز ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮﻋﯿﺔ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﯿﺔ رﻓﻊ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ ١٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ إﻟﻰ ﺟﮭﺪ ﯾﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ٢٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻓﯿﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﻔﯿﻀﮫ داﺧﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺟﮭﻮد ١٣أو ١٨ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻄﺒﯿﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ) رأﺳﻲ أو أﻓﻘﻲ ( وﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﺈن وﺣﺪة ال LNBھﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﮭﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ أﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮ ﻷﻧﮫ ﻻ دﺧﻞ ﻟﮭﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﯿﺪ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ وﺣﺪة ال ( LNB POWER )LNBPھﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﯿﺴﻲ ﻋﻦ إﻧﺘﺎج ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت ﻋﻤﻞ وﺣﺪة ال ، LNBوھﺬه اﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت ھﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﮭﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻢ آداء ﻋﻤﻞ ال LNB LNB CONTROL Band selection: 22 KHz Polarity selection: 13/18 V Tone burst mode DiSEqC 1.0 وﻣﻦ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺤﺪدات ﻧﻮﻋﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﮭﻮد powerوﻧﻮﻋﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎت : interface signals اﻟﻨﻮع اﻷول ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ وﻗﺪره ١٣ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻓﯿﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻨﻮاتاﻟﺮأﺳﯿﺔ وﻏﯿﺎب ھﺬا اﻟﺠﮭﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﺮأﺳﯿﺔ وﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ إﯾﺠﺎدھﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ أو ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﺠﺎھﺰ ،وﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺼﺤﯿﺢ وإﺻﻼح ھﺬا اﻟﺠﮭﺪ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ وﻗﺪره ١٨ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻓﯿﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻷﻓﻘﯿﺔ وﻏﯿﺎﺑﮫ ﻟﮫﻧﻔﺲ اﻷﺣﻜﺎم اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ وﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎب اﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ وﻣﺎ ﯾﺨﺺ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻷﻓﻘﯿﺔ . أﻣﺎ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻷول ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎت ﻓﮭﻮ ﺗﺮدد ﻗﺪره ٢٢ﻛﯿﻠﻮھﺮﺗﺰ kHz ٢٢وظﯿﻔﺘﮫ :أﻧﮫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮاﺟﺪه ﻓﺈﻧﮫ ﯾﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺬﺑﺬب اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪة ال LNBﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﺰ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺮدد ﺑﻤﺎ ﯾﺘﯿﺢ ﻟﮫ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮددات اﻟﻔﻮﻗﯿﺔ أو اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ) أي اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺘﻌﺪى ﺗﺮددھﺎ اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ، ( GHz 11700ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﮫ وإﻧﻌﺪاﻣﮫ ،ﯾﺒﺪأ اﻟﻤﺬﺑﺬب اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮددات اﻟﺘﺤﺘﯿﺔ أي اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ) أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ( GHz 11700وھﻮ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺮف ﺑﺎل BAND SWITCHING - واﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎت ﻧﺒﻀﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﺳﺖ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪاﯾﺴﻚ وﻧﻌﻮد ﻟﻠﺴﺆال اﻟﺬي طﺮﺣﻨﺎه ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ وھﻮ ﻣﻦ أﯾﻦ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬه اﻟﺠﮭﻮد اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ؟ واﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ھﻲ إﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻮع ﺧﺎص ﻣﻦ ال LNB POWERﺗﻜﻮن ﻟﮫ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ أو ﻗﺪرة ﻋﻠﻰ رﻓﻊ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ DCواﻟﺬي ﺗﺘﻐﺬى ﺑﮫ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ) وھﻮ ﺟﮭﺪ إﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻲ = ١٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ( إﻟﻰ ﺟﮭﺪ آﺧﺮ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ٢٢ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ وذﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪم دواﺋﺮ وأﻧﻮاع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻔﺖ ﺑﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ Built-in DC-DC ، converter for single 12 V supplyوﺗﻌﺮف ھﺬه اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ Step-Up Converter DC-DC وھﻲ داﺋﺮة ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺤﻮل راﻓﻊ ﻟﻠﺠﮭﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ أﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ ﻧﺒﻀﺎت اﻟﺘﻮن ٢٢ﻛﯿﻠﻮھﺮﺗﺰ ﻓﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﻧﺒﻀﺎت داﺧﻞ وﺣﺪة ال LNB POWERﻧﻔﺴﮭﺎ Built-in 22kHz tone generatorوﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺬﺑﺬب ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ، ﺣﯿﺚ ﺗﻤﺘﺎز اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﯿﻖ إﻛﺘﻔﺎء ذاﺗﻲ ﻹﻧﺘﺎج ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدات ﻋﻤﻞ وﺣﺪة ال LNB وﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮف أﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪات واﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ LNBH21و اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ LNBH23 ﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﺑﺎﻟﺪراﺳﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻄﯿﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ،اﻟﻨﻮع اﻷﺣﺪث وھﻮ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ LNBH23 ﻛﻤﺜﺎل ﻟﮭﺬه اﻷﻧﻮاع واﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ طﺮﯾﻔﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ ١٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ إﻟﻰ ﺟﮭﺪ ﯾﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ٢٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺤﻮل اﻟﺮﻓﻊ ، DC-DC converterوﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﮭﺪ ﻗﺪ وﺻﻞ ﻟﺤﺪ ﻛﺒﯿﺮ ﯾﺸﻐﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻷﻓﻘﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﮭﺪ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ١٧ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ داﺋﺮة ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺞ ) ﻣﯿﻜﺮوﻛﻨﺘﺮوﻟﺮ ( ﺑﺪاﺧﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﯿﻖ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ إﻟﻰ ١٣ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻟﻤﺸﺎھﺪة وﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ذات اﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎب اﻟﺮأﺳﻲ ،وﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻮﻋﯿﺔ اﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎب ھﺬه ﺑﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﯿﻜﺮوﻛﻨﺘﺮوﻟﺮ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺳﻮاء ﻛﺎن ذﻟﻚ ﺧﺎرﺟﯿﺎ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺮﯾﻤﻮت ﻛﻨﺘﺮول أو ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻵﻟﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ أو ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﯿﺔ وﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻌﻄﯿﺎت اﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎب وﻣﻌﻄﯿﺎت ال Band switchingﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﻨﻮات ﺗﺨﺰن ﺑﮫ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﻄﯿﺎت ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺒﺤﺚ واﻟﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ ،ﺣﯿﺚ ﺗﺘﺤﻮل ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﻄﯿﺎت إﻟﻰ ﻧﺒﻀﺎت ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ،ﺑﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﯿﻢ ) (٠,١ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﺮف VSELﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ) ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ھﺬا اﻟﻄﺮف ﺑﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﻛﻦ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﯾﺴﺎرا ( وﻋﻠﯿﮫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ اﻟﻨﮭﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﺮف VoRxاﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﺣﺪة ال LNBﻟﯿﺼﺒﺢ إﻣﺎ ١٣ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ أو ﯾﻈﻞ ٢٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ وﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ ٢٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ إﻟﻰ ﺟﮭﺪ أﻗﻞ ) ١٨ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ( ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻐﺬﯾﺔ ال LNBﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﯾﺘﻢ أﯾﻀﺎ وﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻜﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﯾﻦ ﻧﺒﻀﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﺳﺖ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪاﯾﺴﻚ وھﺬه داﺋﺮة ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﻮﺿﺢ طﺮﯾﻘﺔ آداء اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ ال ١٢ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮف Vccوﯾﺨﺮج ﺟﮭﺪ ﻗﺪره v١٨/١٣ﻣﻊ ﻧﺒﻀﺎت اﻟﺘﻮن ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻄﺮف VoRx اﻷﻋﻄﺎل اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ : LNB power اﻟﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﯾﻌﻨﻲ ﻏﯿﺎب ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻺﺷﺎرة ﺳﻮاء اﻷﻓﻘﯿﺔ أو اﻟﺮأﺳﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ ﻟﮭﺎ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺴﺒﺐ : ظﮭﻮر اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻷﻓﻘﯿﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ دون اﻟﺮأﺳﯿﺔ أو اﻟﻌﻜﺲظﮭﻮر اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﻔﻮﻗﯿﺔ ) ﺗﺮددھﺎ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ( ١١٧٠٠أو اﻟﺘﺤﺘﯿﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻏﯿﺎب اﻟﺘﻮن ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﻘﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻮري اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎل LNBﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ أوﺣﺪوث ﻗﺼﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺬي ﯾﺮﺑﻂ ﺧﺮج اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺠﺪه ﯾﺘﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮازي ﺑﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻣﺠﺰئ ﺗﯿﺎر ﻗﯿﻤﺘﮭﺎ ﺻﻐﯿﺮة ﺟﺪا ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ١٥أوم ﻟﺤﻤﺎﯾﺘﮫ ،وﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺮق ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ وﯾﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ وﺣﺪه ، وﺗﻠﻒ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺤﺪث ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﺣﺪوث ﻗﺼﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﮫ ﯾﺠﻌﻠﮫ ﯾﺴﺨﻦ ﺑﺸﺪة وﺗﺰداد ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺘﮫ ﻣﻤﺎ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺪان ﻧﺒﻀﺎت اﻟﺘﻮن وھﻮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﯿﻮب اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺸﺮة ﺑﻜﺎرت اﻟﺴﻜﺎي ﺳﺘﺎر ٢وﻣﻈﮭﺮه ﻓﻘﺪ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﻔﻮﻗﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮫ ﺑﺠﻮار اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﻣﻜﺘﻮب ﻋﻠﯿﮫ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ١٠٢ﻣﻦ أﻋﻠﻰ رﻗﻢ أﻣﺎ رﻗﻤﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻮرده ﻓﮭﻮ L7 ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺘﺔ ١ﻣﯿﻜﺮوھﻨﺮي mH١و ﺷﺪة ﺗﯿﺎره mA٥٠٠واﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﯿﮫ ﻟﯿﺲ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ اﻟﺼﻌﺐ ، اﻟﻤﮭﻢ أن ﯾﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﯿﺎر ﺷﺪﺗﮫ mA٥٠٠ وأﺣﯿﺎﻧﺎ أﺧﺮى ﯾﻜﻮن ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺘﺢ ) (openﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ وﺟﻮد داﺋﺮة ﻗﺼﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ال coax اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎل LNB وﻋﻨﺪ إﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻤﻠﻒ وﯾﺠﺐ اﻹﺣﺘﺮاس أﺛﻨﺎء ﻓﻚ ﻟﺤﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺒﻮردة وﻣﺎ ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺎت وﻣﻜﺜﻔﺎت دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ،وﯾﻔﻀﻞ إﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﮭﻮت إﯾﺮ وﯾﻔﻀﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﺜﻒ C5اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ واﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﺘﺴﮭﯿﻞ رؤﯾﺔ اﻟﻠﺤﺎﻣﺎت. ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﺒﻀﺎت اﻟﺪاﯾﺴﻚ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة ﻗﻤﺮ واﺣﺪ وإﻧﻘﻄﺎع ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻷﻗﻤﺎرواﻟﺴﺆال اﻵن : ﻛﯿﻒ ﺗﻔﺮق ﺑﯿﻦ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ أو ﺗﻠﻒ ال LNB powerﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﯿﺎب اﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات وإﻧﻘﻄﺎع اﻹﺷﺎرة؟ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﯿﺎب اﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات وإﻧﻘﻄﺎع اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻣﻦ ﻣﻈﺎھﺮ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺸﺘﺮك ﻓﯿﮭﺎ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ واﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ وﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ أوﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء إﺧﺘﺒﺎرﺑﺴﯿﻂ ،ﻓﯿﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ أوﻻ وذﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﯿﺎس ﺟﮭﺪ اﻟﺨﺮج اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻟﻞ LNB ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ وﺑﺪون ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ،وﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻣﮫ ﺑﺄﻹﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ أﯾﻀﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮ آﺧﺮﺳﻠﯿﻢ ﯾﻜﻮن ھﻮ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﺬﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻮن وﯾﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﮫ ﻛﺎرت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ ﺑﻤﺪﺧﻞ LNB2ﺑﺤﯿﺚ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﻜﺎرت ھﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ،ﻓﺈن أﻣﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ﻛﺎرت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﺳﻠﯿﻢ واﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﻨﺤﺼﺮﺑﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ال LNB POWER أﻣﺎ إذا إﺳﺘﻤﺮ اﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺠﮭﻮد ﻓﯿﺤﺘﻤﻞ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ أو ﺑﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﺷﻒ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر :ﻣﻨﺘﺪﯾﺎت درﯾﻢ ﺳﺎت اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﯿﺔ ٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﺑﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ واﻟﻜﺎﺷﻒ IF stage & Demodulator ﻓﻜﺮة ﻧﻈﺮﯾﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﮭﺎ ھﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﮭﻢ طﺒﯿﻌﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﯾﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرة وﺗﺘﺒﻌﮭﺎ : ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ أن اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ھﻮ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ إﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺤﻤﻠﮭﺎ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ Carrier .wave ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ھﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﮫ اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻘﺎدﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻤﺮ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ،وھﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ Transponder وﯾﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻰ ھﯿﺌﺔ إﺷﺎرة ﺗﻨﺎظﺮﯾﺔ ) أﻧﺎﻟﻮج ( ﻣﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﺪة ﻗﻨﻮات رﻗﻤﯿﺔ ) اﻟﺼﻮت ،اﻟﺼﻮرة ،اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻦ ،ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات Electronic (Program Guide (EPGوﻗﻨﻮات اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت Teletextواﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ، Data وﯾﻤﯿﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻨﺎة ﻋﻦ اﻷﺧﺮى داﺧﻞ ﻛﻞ Transponderﺑﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﺘﻌﺎرﯾﻒ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻗﻨﺎة وھﻲ ، ( PMT VPID , APID, PCRوﺗﻜﻮن ﻛﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت أو ﺑﻌﻀﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ رﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﻀﻐﻮط وﻣﺤﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ impressed onto an analog carrier wave ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﺎظﺮي ﯾﺘﻢ إﺧﺘﯿﺎره ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﺪة ﺗﺮددات ﯾﺮﺳﻠﮭﺎ اﻟﻘﻤﺮ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﯿﺠﺎ ھﺮﺗﺰ GHzوﺗﺨﺮج ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪة ال LNBﺑﻘﯿﻢ ﺗﺘﺮاوح ﻓﯿﻤﺎ ﺑﯿﻦ ٢١٥٠ -٩٥٠ﻣﯿﺠﺎ ھﺮﺗﺰ MHz وﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﻓﺈن اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﯾﻘﻮم ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺮدد ﻟﺠﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﺮددات اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺮج ﺟﻤﯿﻌﮭﺎ ﺑﺘﺮدد ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ( Intermediate frequency (IFﻗﺪره ٤٥٠ﻣﯿﺠﺎھﺮﺗﺰ ﻟﻜﻞ Transponderﺗﻢ إﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮫ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﯾﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮطﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻠﺔ أﯾﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮدد ﺗﻨﺎظﺮي وﻟﻜﻨﮫ أﻗﻞ ﺗﺮددا ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ واﻟﺼﻮرة ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ رﺳﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻄﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﯿﻮﻧﺮ ﺳﯿﻠﯿﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ اﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻜﺮوت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ Cx24109 وﯾﺘﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ﻋﻦ ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﺷﻒ ،وﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻔﮭﻢ ﻛﯿﻒ ﺗﺘﻢ ھﺬه اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﯾﺠﺐ أوﻻ أن ﻧﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﻈﺮة ﺳﺮﯾﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻤﺤﻄﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل وﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺜﮭﺎ ﻟﻸﻗﻤﺎر اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﯿﺔ ﺣﯿﺚ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أﻧﮫ ﯾﺤﺪث ﻣﺰج ﻟﻤﺎ ﯾﻌﺮف إﺻﻄﻼﺣﯿﺎ ب IQ dataوھﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮطﺔ ) وﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻌﻠﯿﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ ( واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺰج ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﺎظﺮي carrier waveﻟﻜﻞ Transponderاﻟﺬي ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪه ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺬﺑﺬب ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ) local oscillatorوﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮرة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ اﻟﺠﯿﺒﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺮدد ( ،وﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﻤﺰج ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ Mixerوﺗﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻟﺔ وھﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻄﺮ اﻷﺧﯿﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻮرة وﺗﻌﺮف إﺻﻄﻼﺣﯿﺎ ﺑﻤﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﻮﺟﮫ رﺑﺎﻋﻰ اﻟﻄﻮر أو ﺑﺎل QPSKأو Quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) modulators وھﻨﺎك طﺮﯾﻘﺔ أﺧﺮى ﺗﻌﺮف إﺻﻄﻼﺣﯿﺎ ﺑﻤﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﻮﺟﮫ ﺛﻨﺎﺛﻲ اﻟﻄﻮر أو ﺑﺎل BPSKوھﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ وﺗﻌﺮف ﺑﺎل (Binary phase shift keying (BPSK modulators وھﻨﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ طﺮق أﺧﺮى ﻣﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ وﻣﻨﮭﺎ – ﻣﻦ أﻋﻠﻰ ﯾﻤﯿﻦ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻓﺄﺳﻔﻞ :اﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻹﺗﺴﺎﻋﻲ واﻟﺘﺮددي ﺛﻢ اﻟﺬي ﯾﮭﻤﻨﺎ وھﻮ ﻣﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﻮﺟﮫ ٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠ ﻧﻌﻮد ﻟﻠﺮﯾﺴﻔﺮ ﻣﺮة اﺧﺮى Demodulatation وﻓﻲ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﯾﺘﻢ إﻋﺎدة إﺳﺘﺨﻼص اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ﻣﻦ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﮫ وھﻮ ﻋﻤﯿﻠﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﯿﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ modulatationاﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل ،ﺣﯿﺚ ﺗﺠﺮى ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﻛﺸﻒ ھﺬا اﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﯾﻌﺮف ﺑﺎل Demodulatationوذﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺎظﺮي إﻟﻰ رﻗﻤﻲ Analog to Digital convertor A/D وﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﺸﮭﯿﺮة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺑﻜﺮوت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ CX24123 أﻋﻄﺎل ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻟﮭﺎ أھﻤﯿﺔ ﻛﺒﺮى ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﻌﺎدي اﻟﯿﺪوي واﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﻷوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﻜﻲ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات وھﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ إﺗﻤﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪى ﻗﺪره ١٠ ±ﻣﯿﺠﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻔﻌﻠﯿﺔ . ﻛﻤﺎ أﻧﮭﺎ ﻟﮭﺎ أھﻤﯿﺔ ﻛﺒﺮى ﻓﻲ ﻓﻚ ﻛﻮد ﺗﺼﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ Forward Error ، Correction (FEC) decoderوأﯾﻀﺎ رﻓﻊ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻜﺴﺐ اﻷوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﻜﻲ ﻟﻺﺷﺎرة ) automatic gain control (AGCﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ وﺟﻮد اﻟﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﻜﺜﯿﻔﺔ أو وﻗﺖ ﺳﻘﻮط اﻷﻣﻄﺎر وﯾﺘﻀﺢ أن ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻛﻠﯿﺔ ﯾﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ و إﻧﻘﻄﺎع اﻹﺷﺎرة وإﻧﻌﺪام اﻟﻤﺸﺎھﺪة ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺨﻠﻞ اﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ ﺑﻤﺤﯿﻂ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ) ﻣﻜﺜﻔﺎت -ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺎت ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪوث اﻟﺘﻘﻄﯿﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮرة أو ﺗﺠﻤﺪھﺎ ،وﻛﺬا اﻟﺘﻘﻄﯿﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﺼﺪر :ﻣﻨﺘﺪﯾﺎت درﯾﻢ ﺳﺎت اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﯿﺔhttp://ahmed2010.dahek.net/t3698- : topic#ixzz3cwYE2vwP اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ ) اﻟﺼﻮرة ( واﻷودﯾﻮ ) اﻟﺼﻮت ( ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ أھﻤﯿﺔ ال ، MPEGوال Codecﻓﻲ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺘﻠﯿﻔﺰﯾﻮﻧﻲ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺳﻮاء اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻲ أواﻷرﺿﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ،ﯾﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﺪﯾﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺼﻮرة واﻟﺼﻮت وﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ أي إﺷﺎرة ﺗﻠﯿﻔﺰﯾﻮﻧﯿﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻦ واﻟﻨﺼﻮع واﻷﻟﻮان واﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات وﻗﺪﯾﻤﺎ وﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﻧﺎﻟﻮج وﻗﺒﻞ ظﮭﻮر اﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ ﻛﺎن ﻛﻞ Transponderﯾﺤﻤﻞ ﻗﻨﺎة واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﮭﺎ أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ ،ﻓﺈن ﻛﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت واﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺪد ﻛﺒﯿﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ﯾﺘﻢ ﺿﻐﻄﮭﺎ ﺑﺈﺳﻠﻮب وطﺮﯾﻘﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ ﻟﯿﺘﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ Transponderﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﻘﻨﻮات واﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﮭﺎ دﻓﻌﺔ واﺣﺪة وﺗﻌﺮف ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ھﺬه ﺑﺎل ، digital video compression وﯾﺘﻢ ﻓﯿﮭﺎ إﺧﺘﺼﺎر ودﻣﺞ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ واﻟﻤﻜﺮرة ﺑﯿﻦ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ووﺿﻌﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻀﻐﻮط أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل وﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺮف ﺑﺎل ،Mpeg Encoderﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻓﻚ ھﺬا اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ ﺳﻮاء ﻛﺎﻧﺖ رﺳﯿﻔﺮات أو ﻛﺮوت ﺳﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ أو ﺣﺘﻰ أﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺘﻠﯿﻔﺰﯾﻮن اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺜﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ وﯾﻌﺎد ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻨﺎة اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺮف ﺑﺎل Mpeg Decoder أي أن اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ compressing/decompressingأو coding/decoding وﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺐ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻔﮭﻮم وﺗﺒﺴﯿﻄﮫ ،ﻓﺈﻧﮫ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺸﺎھﺪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﯿﺪﯾﻮ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻀﻐﻮط ﻣﺪﺗﮫ ٥دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﺈﻧﮫ ﯾﻠﺰﻣﻚ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﺟﺪا ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﮭﺎزك . ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ أو اﻷودﯾﻮ أﻣﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت وﺗﺨﺰﯾﻨﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ وﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﮭﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻚ ﺿﻐﻄﮭﺎ وﺗﺤﻮﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﻟﺼﯿﻐﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﮭﺎزك ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻜﻮدﻛﺲ واﻟﻤﻠﺘﯿﻤﯿﺪﯾﺎ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻨﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎھﺪﺗﺔ أو اﻹﺳﺘﻤﺎع اﻟﯿﮫ ،وﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺎھﺪة اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻓﻚ ﺿﻐﻄﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ دﻓﻌﺎت ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻓﻨﺸﺎھﺪه ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻓﻚ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ أﺟﺰاءه واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺰن ﺑﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ وﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻦ أﯾﻀﺎ . وﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ وﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮ دوﻟﯿﺔ ﻗﯿﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ھﺬه ﺳﻮاء ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺼﻮرة أو اﻟﺼﻮت International standard for digital compression of audio and video signals ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮ ﯾﻀﻌﮭﺎ ﺧﺒﺮاء ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻮن ﻓﻲ أﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﻮر اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ) اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ( وﻣﻦ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺮف ﺑﺎل MPEGواﻹﺳﻢ إﺧﺘﺼﺎر ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ Moving Picture Experts Group وال MPEG - 2ھﻮ اﻣﺘﺪاد وﺗﻄﻮﯾﺮ ﻟﻞ MPEG – 1 وال MPEG –1ھﻮ ﻣﻌﯿﺎر ﯾﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ ) اﻟﺼﻮرة ( اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﮫ ﺿﻮﺋﯿﺎ ﺗﺪرﯾﺠﯿﺎ وﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻷودﯾﻮ ) اﻟﺼﻮت( ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺪﻻت ﺑﺖ ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﻰ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ، Mbit/s ١.٥وﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻌﯿﺎر ﻓﻲ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ إﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ واﻷودﯾﻮ ال compact disc interactiveوھﻲ ال CD-i ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ ال MPEG – 2ﻓﮭﻮ ﻣﻌﯿﺎر ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ واﻷودﯾﻮ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻻت أﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻜﺜﯿﺮ ﻣﻦ MPEG –1وﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺑﺚ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﺘﻠﯿﻔﺰﯾﻮﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ ﺳﻮاء اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﯿﺔ أو اﻷرﺿﯿﺔ وﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻻﺳﺎس ﻓﺎل MPEG – 4ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪة طﺮق وأﺳﺎﻟﯿﺐ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ واﻷودﯾﻮ ) اﻟﺴﻤﻌﯿﺎت واﻟﻤﺮﺋﯿﺎت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮطﺔ compression of audio and visual (AV) digital dataﺑﻤﻌﺪﻻت أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺘﮭﺎ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺘﻘﺪم اﻟﻤﺬھﻞ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺒﺚ واﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻲ واﻻرﺿﻲ ﺑﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺜﺔ )(streaming mediaﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ اﻟﺠﻮدة وﻓﻲ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ،ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ ھﺬه اﻷﺟﮭﺰة ﺑﺎﻟﮭﺎردوﯾﺮ hardware decodersوأﯾﻀﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﻓﺘﻮﯾﺮ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮف ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻮدك ) (codecوھﻮ إﺧﺘﺼﺎر ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ COder/DECoder وﺗﺮﺟﻊ أھﻤﯿﺔ ھﺬا اﻟﻜﻮدك إﻟﻰ أﻧﮫ ﯾﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ إﺷﺎرات اﻟﺼﻮت واﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮطﺔ ،ﺑﺤﯿﺚ ﯾﺤﻮﻟﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺻﯿﻐﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻹرﺳﺎﻟﮭﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل وذﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻت ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ ،ﺛﻢ ﯾﻌﯿﺪ ھﺬه اﻟﺼﯿﻎ إﻟﻰ ﺻﯿﻎ أﺧﺮى ﯾﻔﮭﻤﮭﺎ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺮﺳﯿﻔﺮ أو ﻛﺎرت اﻟﺴﺎﺗﻼﯾﺖ أو اﻟﺘﻠﯿﻔﺰﯾﻮن اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻت ،وﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺼﻤﻢ أﺟﮭﺰة اﻹﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻟﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺜﯿﻼﺗﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ أﺟﮭﺰة اﻹرﺳﺎل ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪا ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺘﻠﻒ أو ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻠﻲ واﻟﻜﻮدك اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ،وﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪة ھﺎردوﯾﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ وﻣﻦ أﻣﺜﻠﺘﮭﺎ ، Cx23416 CX23883-19وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ أوﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊ chipsetﻛﻤﺎ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ال Digital Set-top Boxأو ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷﯿﺒﺎت أﺧﺮى ﻛﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ B2C2اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻜﺎرت اﻟﺴﻜﺎي ﺳﺘﺎر skystar2 ٢ وھﻨﺎك أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ھﺎردوﯾﺮ ﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻮﻓﺘﻮﯾﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ وھﻨﺎك أﻧﻈﻤﺔ أﺧﺮى ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ اﻟﮭﺎردوﯾﺮ واﻟﺴﻮﻓﺘﻮﯾﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت ﻓﻚ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ وﺗﺤﻮﯾﻼت اﻟﺼﯿﻎ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﯾﺘﺒﯿﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ أن : اﻟﻌﻄﻞ اﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﮭﺬه اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﯾﻌﻨﻲ : ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻛﻠﯿﺔ أو ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﮭﺎ وﻣﻜﻤﻼﺗﮭﺎ أو ﺑﺮاﻣﺠﮭﺎ ﯾﻌﻨﻲ إﻧﻘﻄﺎع اﻟﺼﻮت واﻟﺼﻮرة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺎم ﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ إﻧﻘﻄﺎع اﻹﺷﺎرة ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ وﺗﻜﻮن ﺷﺒﯿﮭﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻋﻄﺎل اﻟﺘﯿﻮﻧﺮ أو اﻟﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺪة ال LNBﻓﻼ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ أي دﻻﻻت ﻟﻘﻮة اﻹﺷﺎرة ﺳﻮاء ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ اﻟﺠﻮدة Signal Qualityأو ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ اﻟﻘﻮة Signal Strength وﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺪأ ﻓﺬه اﻷﻋﻄﺎل ﺑﺘﻘﻄﯿﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻮت أو ﺗﻤﺰﯾﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻮرة أو ﻗﺪ ﯾﺤﺪث اﻟﻌﻄﻞ دون ﺳﺎﺑﻖ إﻧﺬار أﻣﺎ اﻟﻌﻄﻞ اﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ : ﻏﯿﺎب اﻟﺼﻮت أو ﺗﻘﻄﯿﻌﮫ ﻏﯿﺎب اﻟﺼﻮرة أوﺗﻘﻄﯿﻌﮭﺎ أو ﺗﺠﻤﯿﺪھﺎ إﺧﺘﻔﺎء اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻣﻊ ظﮭﻮر ﺧﻠﻔﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮن واﺣﺪ أو ﻟﻮﻧﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ أﻟﻮان اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ) اﻷﺣﻤﺮ واﻷﺧﻀﺮ واﻷزرق ( ظﮭﻮر أﻟﻮان ﻏﯿﺮ ﺣﻘﯿﻘﯿﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮرة أو أﻟﻮان ﺑﺎھﺘﺔ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﻦ اﻟﺼﻮرة أو ﺗﺄﺧﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻋﻦ اﻟﺼﻮت أو ﻓﻘﺪان اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﮭﺎز ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ظﮭﻮر اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻤﻤﺰﻗﺔ وھﺒﻮط ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﺒﯿﻦ ﺟﻮدة اﻹﺷﺎرة . Signal Quality ﻻﺣﻆ أن ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻜﻔﺎءة إﻻ ﻓﻲ وﺟﻮد ﺳﻮﻓﺘﻮﯾﺮ وﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻜﻮدك ﻣﺜﻞ mpeg2_decodersو elecardو K-Lite Codecو ivx MPEG-4٣و FFDShow MPEG-4 Video Decoder وﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ أﺣﺪث ھﺬه اﻟﺒﺮﺗﻤﺢ واﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ واﻟﻜﻮدﯾﻚ ﻣﻦ ھﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ http://www.codecs.com/Video_Codecs.htm ﻟﻼودﯾﻮ http://www.codecs.com/Audio_Codecs.htm وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ھﺬه اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻮء ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت واﻟﺼﻮرة أو إﻧﻌﺪاﻣﮭﺎ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر :ﻣﻨﺘﺪﯾﺎت درﯾﻢ ﺳﺎت اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﯿﺔhttp://ahmed2010.dahek.net/t3698- : topic#ixzz3cwYxl62u ٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠ اﻟﻔﺮق ﺑﯿﻦ اﺷﺎرﺗﻰ اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ Composite Video vs. S-video Diffen › Technology › Consumer Electronics Composite video adapts the format of an analog picture signal which is then combined with sound signals and subsequently modulated through an R F Carrier. It is a composite signal from three different sources called the Y, U and V, which are combined with sync pulses. Y represents luminance; U and V carry the hue and saturation, which together constitutes the chrominance. So, U and V together carry the information on the color signals. Composite video is also often called the CVBS, which is an abbreviation for Colour, Video, Blank and Sync. S-video is known as "separate video" and sometimes also wrongly addressed as the "super video". This is also a video analog signal that carries the information in two different signals, namely the chroma, which means colour; and luma, which means luminance. It carries standard definition video in a single cable, and does not combine it with audio signals. Both S-video and Composite Video are different from each other in various aspects. Type Analog video connector Analog video connector External yes Yes Video signal NTSC, PAL, or SECAM video NTSC, PAL, or SECAM video Pins 1 plus screen Connector RCA connector, 1/8 inch Jack Mini-DIN connector plug, etc. 4 or 7 Separate Video , more Composite video is the commonly known as S-Video, format of an analog also called Y/C, and Introduction television (picture only) sometimes incorrectly (from signal before it is combined referred to as Super Video , is Wikipedia) with a sound signal and an analog video signal that modulated onto an RF carries video data as two carrier. separate signals: luma (luminance) and chroma (color). This differs fro Hot pluggable Yes Yes Through single low quality Picture Signals signal Carried through 2 separate signals Low pass Filter Not Required Required Picture Clarity Good Usage Excellent Decreased usage due to low Increasingly in consumer picture clarity durables History and Evolution Composite video was extensively used in the 1980s, in older versions of game consoles, VCRs and television sets. In the year 1987, the S-Video cable standard was used for the first time in JVC's S-VHS. In the late 1990s larger television sets started incorporating S-Video, making it compatible with video game consoles, DVD players and satellite receivers. Cost The cost of installing composite video is far cheaper than the more advanced S- Video. The cables and adapters required for installing the latter, are substantially dearer. Functional Differences and Picture Quality Composite video is an analog signal, and carries the video or picture through a single, low quality signal. In comparison, S-video carries the picture through two signals, namely the chroma (colour) and luma (luminance). This video signal is of far better quality than what composite video has to offer. In composite video, the luminance signal is low pass filtered to prevent any cross talk between the color sub carrier and the luminance information. This luminance information is essentially high frequency. However, S-video keeps the two signals separate, so that this act of low pass filtering is not required. This automatically provides a wider bandwidth for luminance and also brings down the intensity of the colour cross talk issue. This helps in offering better picture clarity by keeping the information from the original video source intact. Composite and S-video Connectors Both S-video and composite video depend on analog based video signals. Both of them work on PAL, NTSC, and SECAM coding standards. However, their connectors are different from each other. S-video signal generally uses a cable with 4-pin mini-DIN connector which is somewhat similar to the regular mini-DIN cables. Alternatively, simple cables can also be used, but they do not offer superior picture quality. The prices of connectors are pretty reasonable, however the quality of the pins are weak and may bend with extensive usage. Before the advent of these cables, simple plugs capable of carrying S Video signals were used for the same purpose. Composite video, on the other hand, uses typical yellow RCA connector or a 1/8 inch jack plug, especially when used in consumer durables. When the same signal is used in gaming devices, there is a single composite output cable with 4 connectors. There are special cables that can connect to an S-video output jack (for example, from a laptop) and feed the signal to a TV that has a composite input port. Usage Initially, composite video was used in larger television sets and earlier versions of VCRs. This was steadily replaced by S-Video, due to its better picture quality , It is being extensively used as a popular alternative for televisions, high end VCD players, video game consoles and graphic cards. Though composite video offers good signals, S-video is more popular for its better picture clarity. CVBS and RGB video signals are analog, the difference between them TAG: KD401 SD/HD KD401-C-IP KD401-H-IP KD401-S-IP CVBS (composite video broadcast signal) composite television broadcast signals , including video ( image ) signal , horizontal and vertical sync signals , horizontal and vertical blanking signal , after equalizing pulse .signals ; RGB refers to the video signal does not contain other signals . rgb video quality is better than cvbs. because cvbs cause cross color ؟I see a lot of output are used cvbs, rather than rgb, what is the reason RGB is a three-way signal output, the way in which the synchronization ( signal ( possible , remember Composite CVBS output , RGB color is converted into luminance , and color are superimposed on the modulated compressed luminance ( Contract step ) signal After CVBS modulated RF (plus audio ) can be fired , the receiver needs to be done bright end to the separation cvbs action Monitor receive CVBS do color decoding , as long as the separate RGB received a synchronous system to scan just fine ; CVBS can use two .transmission lines , RGB transmission requires a minimum of four lines Chinese explanation: composite video broadcast signal or composite video blanking and sync Full name : Composite Video Broadcast Signal or Composite Video Blanking and Sync It is an analog television program (image ) signal is combined with the . sound signal and modulated onto an RF carrier prior to formatting CVBS is "Color, Video, Blank and Sync", "Composite Video Baseband Signal", "Composite Video Burst Signal", or "Composite Video with Burst and Sync". Acronym CVBS standard has been widely used , also called baseband video or RCA video image data transmission method is the traditional National System Committee (NTSC) television video signal , which is transmitted to an analog waveform data . Composite video contains color ( hue and saturation ) and luminance ( brightness ) information and the blanking pulses are synchronized with the .same signal transmission In the fast scan NTSC television , VHF (VHF) or ultra high frequency (UHF) carrier is used to adjust the amplitude of the composite video , which is generated by the signal width of approximately 6MHz . Some CCTV system using coaxial cable close-up composite video transmission , several DVD players and video tape recorders (VCR) via phono jack provides composite video inputs and outputs, this outlet also called RCA .connectors Composite video , the interference color and brightness information is inevitable , especially when the signal is weak . This is why the use of long-distance VHF or UHF television station with the NTFS old whip antenna " rabbit ears" , or the world outside of the "air " often contain . false or shake down the color VGA is a monitor display, most mainstream than the computer monitor. VGA is a general term , can only achieve true VGA 720X576, and the .current resolution computer monitors are 1024X768, is SVGA mode CVBS is a relatively old display more accurate to say that the first generation of video display output ( second generation S-VIDEO, the third generation is VGA, the fourth generation is DVI, the fifth generation is HDMI), due to the current display devices such as televisions, computer monitors ) , etc. are cvbs interface, so virtually CVBS interface has also become more mainstream . With the current resolution of the display device to improve , especially the emergence of large-screen LCD TVs , .more and more devices to provide VGA and HDMI interfaces CVBS اﻋداد ﻣﮭﻧدس /اﺣﻣد ﯾوﺳف اﻟﻣﺻرى اﻟﮭﯾوﻣﺎﻛس ﺑﻌض اﻻﯾﺳﯾﮭﺎت اﻟﻣوﺟوده ﻓﯾﮫ ﻣﻧظم اﻟﺟﮭد اﻟذى ﯾﺣول اﻟﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﻓوﻟت اﻟﻰ ٣.٣ﻓوﻟت ﻓﻰ ﺑوردة اﻟرﺳﯾﻔر TCL1117 5V TO 3.3V اﯾﺳﻰ اﻟﺻوت ھﯾوﻣﺎﻛس UDA1334B LNBP20A اﯾﺳﻰ ﺗﻐذﯾﺔ اﻻﺑرة ﺑﺎﻟﺟﮭد واﻟﺗون )ھﯾوﻣﺎﻛس( ﻣﻧظم ﺟﮭد SC2602 اﻻﯾﺳﻰ اﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺷﺑﮫ اﻟﺑرﯾﺳﺳور ﻋﺑﺎرة ﻋن ﻣودﯾوﻟﯾﺗور وﻣﺣول ﻣن اﻧﺎﻟوج اﻟﻰ دﯾﺟﺗﺎل وﺑﯾﺷﻐل اﻟدﯾﺳك اﯾﺿﺎ واﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣل ﻣﻊ اﻟﻛﺎرت ٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠ اﺳﺗرا ﺑﻌض اﯾﺳﯾﮭﺎﺗﮫ HC04 ھﺎﯾﻛس اﻧﻔرﺗر ھﺎﯾﻛس اﻧﻔرﺗر اﺧر HCU04 ٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠ ﺗﺎﯾﺟر ﺑﻌض اﯾﺳﯾﮭﺎﺗﮫ ﻓﻼش ﻣوﻣرى ﻻﺣظ ان ﺟﮭد ﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﻣن ٣ﻓوﻟت اﻟﻰ ٣.٦ﻓوﻟت او اﻻﺧرى ٢.٧ﻓوﻟت اﻟﻰ ٣.٦ﻓوﻟت ﺟوﻟد ﺳﺎت اﯾﺳﻰ اﻟﺻوت CS4330 اﯾﺳﻰ ﺗﻌﻣل ﻛﻣﻔﺗﺎح ﻣﺗﻌدد ﺳرﯾﻊ ﻟﻠرﺑط ﻣﻊ اﻟﺧرج IDTQS3245 U Humax DirecTV D11 Set-Top Box Teardown اﯾﺳﻰ اﻟﺗﯾوﻧر cx24109 ﻻﺣظ ان ﻓﯾﮫ ﻣذﺑذب داﺧﻠﻰ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻠﮫ اﻟﻛرﺳﺗﺎﻟﺔ ﻣن ﺑره اﯾﺳﻰ اﻟﯾواﺳﺑﻰ DIRECTV DVR R15 Teardown DirecTV H24-700 HD Set-Top Box Teardown DirecTV Plus HR22-100 HD DVR Set-Top Top Box Teardown DirecTV H24-100 HD Set-Top Box Teardown اﯾﺳﻰ اﻟﻛﺎرت اﻟراﻣﺔ DirecTV D12-300 Satellite Receiver Set-Top Box Teardown DIRECTV DVR R15 Teardown Humax DirecTV D11 Set-Top Box Teardown Motorola VIP1200 IPTV Set-Top Box Teardown Main PCB (Sigma Designs - SMP8634LF - Media Processor - MPEG MPEG-4.10 (H.264), SMPTE 421M (VC-1 Interface HomePNA 3.0 - CopperGate - CG3011QIR-10 - Digital IC Ethernet Switch - Marvell - 88E6035-LAJ1 - 3-Port DAC - AKM Semiconductor - AK4384ET - 2-Ch, 24-Bit, 128 Times Oversampling HDMI Transmitter - Silicon Image - Sil9002 - V1.2 PHY Memory SDRAM - Samsung - K4H561638H-UCCC - DDR400, 256Mb (16x16M), 2.6V Flash - Macronix - MX29LV800CBTC-90G - 8Mb, CMOS, 3V, 90ns Flash - Spansion - S29GL256N10TFI010 - 256Mb, 3V, 100ns, 110nm, MirrorBit (Power Supply (External Motorola / Delta - EADP-24DB A - AC Adapter Power Supply Module - Switching (24W), Input: 100-120VAC, 50/60Hz, 1A - Output: 12V, 2A High definition / standard definition IPTV Set-Top Box with HPNA v 3.0, DRM and HCP support, HDMI output, component output, and two-way IP communication. MPEG-4 (H.264), VC-1, and MPEG-2 video codecs. This box is part of Motorola's VIP1200/VIP1200e series which includes two non-DVR versions and two DVR version, 160GB version (VIP1216) and an 80GB version (VIP1208) - all models are HDTVenabled. Per Motorola: "The Motorola VIP1200 is a compact, superior, high-definition (HD) television IP set-top that also supports high-definition (HD) and standard-definition (SD) high-quality digital video. Its two-way IP capability allows it to be used in multiple applications, including Multicast TV and VoD, and can support multiple middleware software solutions. The VIP1200 includes a high-end icroprocessor and enhanced graphics to decode HD and SD digital TV, as well as output high-quality surround sound audio. Motorola VIP1200 IPTV Set-Top Box Main Image Target Market Captive customer base of 'cable alternative' service providers - ie telco service providers. Whether VDSL, FiOS or other high-speed delivery system, IPTV will gain popularity as a cost-effective competitor of cable and satellite, as the pipeline required to deliver IPTV will also provide coincidental improvement in broadband service and facilitate the quality and quantity of VoIP devices. Released 2005 assumed. Exact date unknown. Motorola VIP1200 IPTV Set-Top Box - Main PCB Top Pricing and Availability Pricing for this kind of product (at the consumer level) is meaningless as it is typically a completely subsidized part of a service package, and since it cannot function without being properly set-up by a service provider, after market product and prices have no validity. The product should be available in the US (via ATT) and in Japan. It may be available more broadly - but evidence of this was not found in Motorola literature and press releases. Volume Estimations For the purposes rposes of this teardown analysis, we have assumed that Motorola will produce 1 million units of this STB during the product llifetime, which may, depending on the acceptance and penetration of IPTV may be more, but based on our preliminary research this box doesn't seem to have a high number of service providers picking it up - so real production volumes may differ dramatically. We have changed our assumptions and lowered our estimates for IPTV STB volumes in general in light of new research within iSu iSuppli on worldwide rollout volumes for IPTV. As a reminder, volume production assumptions are not meant to be necessarily 'market accurate', and our meant primarily to be used for our cost analysis in terms of amortized NRE and tooling costs, especially for custom components specific to the model being analyzed (mechanical components especially). Motorola VIP1200 IPTV Set Set-Top Box - Main PCB Bottom Function / Performance No performance testing was performed. Motorola VIP1200 IPTV Set Set-Top Box Cost Analysis Cost Notes The VIP1200 is in line with other set-top top boxes analyzed from the world of satellite and terrestrial TV. In fact, if it weren't for the HomePNA v3 chip from Copper Coppergate, it would be comparable to very low end boxes we have previously analyzed in terms of amount of core silicon, components counts, etc. Essentially - most functionality is integrated into the Sigma Designs chip. Furthermore, Motorola has a great deal of market presence and leverages their purchasing power to the best of their ability, making their prices very competitive for all purchased components. Motorola VIP1200 IPTV Set-Top Box - Enclosure Main Front Panel Motorola VIP1216 Set-Top Box Teardown Cisco IPN430MC Set-Top Box Teardown Main PCB A/V Processing Sigma Designs - SMP8634LF - Media Processor - MPEG-4.10 (H.264), SMPTE 421M (VC-1) I/O & Interface HomePNA 3.0 - CopperGate - CG3011QIR-10 - Digital IC Ethernet Switch - Marvell - 88E6061-LAJ1 - 6-Port HDMI Transmitter - Silicon Image - Sil9002CSU - V1.2 PHY MCU - Freescale - MC9S08RD16DWE - 8-Bit, HCS08 Core Memory SDRAM - Qimonda - HYB25DC256160CE-5 - DDR, 256Mb (16Mx16), 200MHz, 2.5V Flash - Spansion - S29AL016D70TFI02 - NOR, 16Mb, 3.0V, 70ns Front-End Front End - Analog Devices - AD9865BCP - Mixed Signal, Broadband Other Sub-Assemblies Hard Drive Western Digital - WD1600BB - 160 GB, 3.5', PATA, 7200 RPM, 2 MB Buffer Motorola QIP6200 Hybrid QAM-IPTV HD Set-Top Box Teardown Motorola QIP2500 Hybrid QAM-IPTV Standard Definition Set-Top Box Teardown Amstrad DRX895-C DVR Set Top Box Teardown ٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠ Samsung SMT-2110C Set-Top Box Teardown Main PCB Audio/Video Processing Conexant - CX24153-25MZ - Set Top Box Decoder - Single Chip, MPEG2, 200MHz ARM920 32 Bit CPU I/O & Interface Conexant - CX24943 - Cable Modem IC - Single-Chip, 225MHz System Processor, Integrated IEEE802.3 MAC, MII, USB1.1 Transceiver, and Host Interface Infineon - ADM7001 - Ethernet Transceiver - Single-Chip, 10/100Mbps, PHY, 1-Port ST Microelectronics - STV6412ADT - Switch - Audio/Video Switch Matrix Memory Samsung Semiconductor - K4S281632F-TC60 - SDRAM - 128Mb, 8Mx16, 3.3V, 166MHz Samsung Semiconductor - K4S641632H-TC60 - SDRAM - 64Mb, 4Mx16, 3.3V, 166MHz Other Sub-Assemblies Power Supply (Internal) Tuner Module / RF Modulator: Sharp - Model number unknown Samsung Semiconductor - DTMPD15MV204B Samsung Semiconductor - RMUP74055AK - RF modula Tips for using Satellite finder / सैटेलाइट फाई डर उपयोग के सुझाव ﺟﮭﺎز ﻗﯿﺎس ﺷﺪة اﺷﺎرة اﻟﺴﺘﺎﻻﯾﺖ | 3. If there is a full-scale deflection, reduce the reading by turning knob accordingly and again check for peak signals. ३. सैटेलाइट फाई डर क सुई फुल केल होते ह र डंग कम कर बटन घुमाकर और फर से जाँच | 4. If the LNB Output Signal gain is more than 70dB, connect a 100 Ohms resistor to act as an Attenuator. ४. अगर एल.एन.बी का स नल गेन ७० dB से यादा हो तो १०० Ohms के resistor को भी जोड़ | 5. Do not move the dish quickly, move slowly and wait for a few seconds to get the correct indication. ५. डश को ज द म ना घुमाएँ , धीरे से घुमाकर कुछ ण क सह र डंग के आने तक | ٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠ About C band and KU band LNB, LNBFs: Dear Friends, As you know LNB is a low noise block-down converter receiving device used to collect signals of a satellite with dish antenna. It is functionally equivalent to the dipole antenna used for most terrestrial TV reception, although it is actually waveguide based. Inside the LNB waveguide a metal pin, or probe, protrudes into the waveguide at right angles to the axis and this acts as an aerial, collecting the signal travelling down the waveguide.It is usually fixed on the satellite dish framework, at the focus of the reflector, and it derives its power from the connected receiver. اﻻﺑﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ Disassembled C Band LNB Satellites use microwaves to transmit their TV signals. As microwave satellite signals do not easily pass through walls, roofs, or even glass windows, satellite antennas are required to be outdoors, and the signal needs to be passed indoors via cables. When radio signals are sent through coaxial cables, the higher the frequency, the more losses occur in the cable per unit of length. The signals used for satellite are in the multiple gigahertz that special cable types or waveguides would be required and any significant length of cable leaves very little signal at the receiving end. The purpose of the LNB is to use the superheterodyne principle to take a block (or band) of relatively high frequencies and convert them to similar signals carried at a much lower frequency (called the intermediate frequency or IF). These lower frequencies travel through cables with much less attenuation, so there is much more signal left at the satellite receiver end of the cable. It is also much easier and cheaper to design electronic circuits to operate at these lower frequencies, rather than the very high frequencies of satellite transmission. The frequency conversion is performed by mixing a fixed frequency produced by a local oscillator inside the LNB with the incoming signal, to generate two signals equal to the sum of their frequencies and the difference. The frequency sum signal is filtered out and the frequency difference signal (the IF) is amplified and sent down the cable to the receiver: ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻤﺬﺑﺬب واﺧﺮ+ اﻟﻤﺬﺑﺬب داﺧﻞ اﻻﺑﺮة ﯾﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﺮرد ﯾﻤﺰج ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻓﯿﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﺮددﯾﻦ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ اﻟﻄﺮح ﯾﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻤﺬﺑﺬب وﯾﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺘﺮددﯾﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ﯾﺴﺘﺒﻌﺪ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع اى اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ وﯾﻤﺮر اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ او اﻟﻔﺮﻗﻰ ﻣﯿﺠﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻘﻤﺮ٢١٥٠ اﻟﻰ٩٥٠ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ ھﺬا ﯾﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ او اﻟﺒﯿﻨﻰ اﻟﻠﻰ ھﻮ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺪود IF frequency = received frequency - local oscillator frequency The local oscillator frequency determines what block of incoming frequencies is downconverted to the frequencies expected by the receiver. For example, to downconvert the incoming signals from Insat 4B, which transmits in a frequency block of 10.70GHz-11.70GHz, to within a standard European receiver’s IF tuning range of 950MHz2150MHz, a 9.75GHz local oscillator frequency is used, producing a block of signals in the band 950MHz-2150MHz. ﻣﯿﺠﺎ١١٧٠٠ ﻣﯿﺠﺎ اﻟﻰ١٠٧٠٠ وﺗﺮدد اﻟﻘﻤﺮ٢١٥٠ ﻣﯿﺠﺎ اﻟﻰ٩٥٠ ﻓﻠﻮ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﺒﯿﻨﻰ اﻟﻠﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺮوض ﯾﺬھﺐ ﻟﻠﺮﯾﺴﯿﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﯿﺠﺎ٩٧٥٠ = ٩٥٠-١٠٧٠٠ = اذن ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻤﺬﺑﺬب اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻰ ﻟﻼﺑﺮة LNBFs With the launch of the first DTH broadcast satellite in Europe (Astra 1A) by SES Astra in 1988, antenna design was simplified for the anticipated mass-market. In particular, the feedhorn (which gathers the signal and directs it to the LNB) and the polarizer (which selects between differently polarized signals) were combined with the LNB itself into a single unit, called an LNB-feed or LNB-feedhorn (LNBF), or even an "Astra type" LNB. The prevalence of these combined units has meant that today the term LNB is commonly used to refer to all antenna units that provide the block-downconversion function, with or without a feedhorn. LNBs without a feedhorn built-in are usually provided with a (C120) flange around the input waveguide mouth which is bolted to a matching flange around the output of the feedhorn or polarizer unit. Universal LNB Image has been scaled down 18% (840x795). Click this bar to view original image (1023x967). Click image to open in new window. A Universal LNB has a switchable local oscillator frequency of 9.75/10.60GHz to provide two modes of operation – low band reception (10.70-11.70GHZ) and high band reception (11.70-12.75GHz). The local oscillator frequency is switched in response to a 22kHz signal superimposed on the supply voltage from the connected receiver. Along with the supply voltage level used to switch between polarizations, this enables a Universal LNB to receive both polarizations (Vertical and Horizontal) and the full range of frequencies in the satellite Ku band under the control of the receiver, Svolt -Tone-- LOFreq--- Polarity ------ R Freq Band------- IF Range Used 13V 00KHz 09750MHz Vertical Low (10700-11700MHz) 0950-1950MHz 18V 00KHz 09750MHz Horizontal Low (10700-11700MHz) 0950-1950MHz 13V 22KHz 10600MHz Vertical High (11700-12750MHz) 1100-2150MHz 18V 22KHz 10600MHz Horizontal High (11700-12750MHz) 1100-2150MHz Monoblock LNBs A Monoblock LNB is a unit consisting of two LNBs and is designed to receive satellites spaced close together, generally 6°. For example Dish tv India is using monoblock to receive the NSS 6, 95°E and Asiasat 5 100.5°E satellites, enable reception of both satellites on a single dish without requiring an expensive, slow and noisy motorised dish. Multi-Output LNB Image has been scaled down 18% (840x800). Click this bar to view original image (1024x975). Click image to open in new window. There are Dual/Twin/Quad/Octo output LNBs. We can connect and receive channels on multi stbs. اﯾﺳﻰ اﻟﺗﯾوﻧر STV6110A ﻣﻘﺗﺑس ﺗﺣوﯾل اﻟﺻوت ﻣن رﻗﻣﻰ اﻟﻰ ﺗﻣﺎﺛﻠﻰ ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ اﺧﺗرع اﻟﻘرص اﻟﻣدﻣﺞ واﻟذي ﯾﻌرف ﺑﺎﺳم اﻟﺳﻲ دي CDاﺧﺗﺻﺎرا ً ﻷول ﺣرﻓﯾن ﻣن compact diskﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺗﺻف أواﺧر اﻟﺛﻣﺎﻧﯾﻧﺎت ﻣن اﻟﻘرن اﻟﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻛﺎن اﻟﮭدف ﻣﻧﮫ ھو ﺗﺧزﯾن أو ﺗﺳﺟﯾل اﻟﻣوﺳﯾﻘﻰ ﺑطرﯾﻘﺔ رﻗﻣﯾﺔ أي ﺑﻧظﺎم اﻟدﯾﺟﯾﺗﺎل digital.وﻟﻛﻲ ﻧﺗﻣﻛن ﻣن ﻓﮭم ﻓﻛرة ﻋﻣل اﻟﺳﻲ دي ﻻﺑد أن ﻧﻔﮭم أوﻻ ﻛﯾف ﺗﻘوم ﻓﻛرة ﻋﻣل ﺗﺳﺟﯾل اﻟﻣوﺳﯾﻘﻰ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ وﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟرﻗﻣﯾﺔ .وﻛذﻟك اﻟﻔرق ﺑﯾﻧﮭﺎ وﺑﯾن اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔanalog. ﻓﻲ ھذه اﻟﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻣن ﻛﯾف ﺗﻌﻣل اﻷﺷﯾﺎء ﺳوف ﻧﻘوم ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻌراض ﻓﻛرة اﻟﺗﺳﺟﯾل اﻟرﻗﻣﻲ واﻟﺗﻧﺎظري وﻓﮭم اﻟﻔرق ﺑﯾﻧﮭﻣﺎ. أول ﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺳﺟﯾل ﺻوﺗﻲ اﺧﺗرﻋﮫ اﻟﻌﺎﻟم ﺗوﻣس ادﯾﺳون Thomas Edisonﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎم ،١٨٧٧ﺣﯾث ﺗوﺻل ﻻﻛﺗﺷﺎف طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺳﮭﻠﺔ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﯾل اﻷﻣواج اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﺑطرﯾﻘﺔ ﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﯾﺔ .أطﻠق ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺳﺟﯾل ھذا اﺳم اﻟﻔوﻧوﺟراف phonographواﻟذي ﯾﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻰ إﺑرة ﺗﻘوم ﺑﺗﺣوﯾل اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺧدش ﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳطﺢ اﺳطواﻧﻲ رﻗﯾق ﻣن اﻟﻣﻌدن. أول ﺟﮭﺎز ﻓوﻧوﺟراف ﻓﺈذا ﺗﺣدﺛت أﻣﺎم ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻔوﻧوﺟراف ﻻدﯾﺳون ﻓﺎن اﻟﺟﮭﺎز ﺳوف ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺗﺳﺟﯾل ﺻوﺗك ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳطواﻧﺔ .ﺣﯾث ﯾﺗذﺑذب ﺣﺎﻣل اﻹﺑرة ﺗﺣت ﺗﺄﺛﯾر اﻟذﺑذﺑﺎت اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ وﺣرﻛﺔ اﻹﺑرة ھذه ﺗﺳﺟل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳطواﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﻌدﻧﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻورة ﺧدوش ذات أﻋﻣﺎق ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﺣﺳب ﺷدة اﻟﺻوت وﺗردده ،ﻣﻣﺎ ﺗﺷﻛل ﻣﺳﺎرات داﺋرﯾﺔ ﺣول ﺳطﺢ اﻻﺳطواﻧﺔ .وﻋﻧد ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﻔوﻧوﺟراف ﻓﺎﻧﮫ ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ إﺑرة اﻟﻔوﻧوﺟراف ﻧﻔﺳﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أول اﻟﻣﺳﺎرات ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳطواﻧﺔ وﻣن ﺛم ﯾﺗم ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺟﮭﺎز ﻟﺗدور اﻻﺳطواﻧﺔ ﺑﻧﻔس ﺳرﻋﺔ اﻟﺗﺳﺟﯾل وﺗﮭﺗز اﻹﺑرة ﺗﺣت ﺗﺄﺛﯾر اﻟﺧدوش ﻓﺗرﺳل ھذه اﻻھﺗزازات إﻟﻰ اﻟﺟﮭﺎز ﻟﺗﺣوﯾﻠﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺻوت ﻣﺳﻣوع. ﺗم ﺗطوﯾر ھذا اﻟﺟﮭﺎز ﺑواﺳطﺔ اﻣﯾل ﺑرﻟﯾﻧر Emil Berlinerﻓﻲ ﻧﻔس اﻟﻌﺎم وأﻋطﻰ ﻟﮫ اﺳم ﺟدﯾد ھو اﻟﺟراﻣوﻓون ،gramophoneﺣﯾث اﺳﺗﺧدم ﺳطﺢ ﻣﺳﺗوي ﻓﻲ ﺷﻛل ﻗرص داﺋري ﺑدﻻ ﻣن اﻟﺳطﺢ اﻻﺳطواﻧﻲ ﻣﻣﺎ ﺟﻌل ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﺳﺟﯾل واﻟﻧﺳﺦ وإﻋﺎدة اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻟﮭذه اﻷﻗراص أﺳﮭل وأﻓﺿل .واﻟﻔوﻧوﺟراف اﻟﺣدﯾث ﯾﻌﻣل ﺑﻧﻔس اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ ﻓﯾﻣﺎ ﻋدا أن اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘرأ ﺑواﺳطﺔ اﻹﺑرة ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺎ ﺑدﻻ ﻣن إرﺳﺎل ذﺑذﺑﺎﺗﮭﺎ اﻟﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة. اﻷﻣواج اﻟﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ Analog wave ﻟو ﺗﺳﺄﻟت ﻋزﯾزي اﻟﻘﺎرئ ﻋن ھذه اﻟﺧدوش اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺎﻣت إﺑرة اﻟﻔوﻧوﺟراف ﺑﺧدﺷﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳطواﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﻌدﻧﯾﺔ أو ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘرص اﻟداﺋري اﻟﻣﺳطﺢ؟ ﻓﺎن اﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ھذا ھو أﻣواج ﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ analog waveﺗﻣﺛل اﻻھﺗزازات اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺻدرت ﻋن اﻟﻣﺗﺣدث. ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﯾل اﻟﻣﺛﺎل ﻓﻲ ھذا اﻟﻣﺧطط ﻧﻼﺣظ ﻣوﺟﺔ ﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﺗﻣﺛل ﻧطﻘك ﻟﻛﻠﻣﺔ .hello اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﻟﻛﻠﻣﺔ hello ھذه اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ اﻟﻣوﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل أﻋﻼه ﺗﻣﺛل اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﺑطرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ وﻟﻛن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔوﻧوﺟراف ﻓﺈﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻛون ﻧﻔس اﻟﺷﻛل وﻟﻛن ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛل ﺧدوش ﻣﺗﻐﯾرة اﻟﻌﻣق ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎدة اﻻﺳطواﻧﺔ أو اﻟﻘرص اﻟداﺋري .واﻟذي ﯾﻣﺛﻠﮫ اﻟﺷﻛل أﻋﻼه ھو ﻣوﺿﻊ ﻣﯾﻛروﻓون اﻟﻔوﻧوﺟراف ﻋﻠﻰ واﻟﻣﻣﺛل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺣور Yﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟزﻣن واﻟﻣﻣﺛل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺣور .Xﻧﻼﺣظ إن اﻻھﺗزازات ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ ﺗﺗﻐﯾر ﺑﺳرﻋﺔ ﻛﺑﯾرة ﺣﯾث ﯾﺻل ﻣﻌدل ھذه اﻻھﺗزازات إﻟﻰ ١٠٠٠اھﺗزازة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ .وﻛﻣﺎ ذﻛرﻧﺎ ھذه اﻻھﺗزازات ﻧﻔﺳﮭﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺟﻠت ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳطواﻧﺔ اﻟﻔوﻧوﺟراف وﻧﻼﺣظ أﯾﺿﺎ ﻛم ﻣﻌﻘدة ھذه اﻻھﺗزازات ﻟﻛﻠﻣﺔ helloوﻟو ﻧظرﻧﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﻣوﺳﯾﻘﯾﺔ ذات ﺗردد واﺣد ﻣﺛﻼ ﻟﻛﺎﻧت ﺷﻛل اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﺑﺳط ﻣن ذﻟك ﺑﻛﺛﯾر ﻛﻣﺎ ھو ﻣوﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل أدﻧﺎه ﺣﯾث ﺗﻣﺛل ﻣوﺟﺔ ﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﺑﻧﻐﻣﺔ ٥٠٠ھﯾرﺗز أي ٥٠٠اھﺗزازة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ. ﻣوﺟﺔ ﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﺑﻧﻐﻣﺔ ذات ﺗردد ٥٠٠ھﯾرﺗز اﻵن ﺗﺳﺗطﯾﻊ ﻋزﯾزي اﻟﻘﺎرئ أن ﺗرى ﻛﯾف ﺗﺳﺟل اﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ وﻛﯾف ﺗﺷﻐﻠﮭﺎ ﻣرة أﺧرى ﺑواﺳطﺔ اﻷﻣواج اﻟﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ ﻣن ﺧﻼل طرﯾﻘﺔ ﺳﮭﻠﺔ وھﻲ ﻧﻘل اھﺗزازات اﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ إﺑرة ﺗﻘوم ﺑﺈﺣداث ﺧدوش ﻣﺗواﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳطﺢ رﻗﯾق أي ﺗﺣول اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣوﺟﺔ ﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﯾﺔ ﺗﺗﻣﺛل ﻓﻲ ﺣرﻛﺔ إﺑرة اﻟﻔوﻧوﺟراف. ﺣﺳﻧﺎ اﻵن اﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺗﺗﻣﺛل ﻓﻲ إﻧﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺳﺗطﯾﻊ أن ﻧﻔﻌل ﺷﻲء ﺑﻌد ﺗﺳﺟﯾل اﻟﺻوت ﺑﮭذه اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺳﮭﻠﺔ اﻟﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﺗﺧﻠص ﻣن اﻟﺿﺟﯾﺞ أو اﻟﺗﺷوﯾش اﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣب ﻟﻠﺻوت أﺛﻧﺎء اﻟﺗﺳﺟﯾل أﻣرا ﻣﺳﺗﺣﯾﻼ ﻻن ھذه اﻟﺗﺷوﯾﺷﺎت أﺻﺑﺣت ﺟزء ﻣن اﻟﺧدوش اﻟﺗﻲ أﺣدﺛﺗﮭﺎ اﻹﺑرة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳطواﻧﺔ ﻛذﻟك إﻋﺎدة اﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎع وﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﻔوﻧوﺟراف ﺳوف ﯾﻘﻠل ﻣن ﺟودة اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛل ﻣرة ﻣﻣﺎ ﯾﺟﻌل ﻋﻣره اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﻲ ﺻﻐﯾرا ً وﻟﻛﻧﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك اﻟوﻗت ﻛﺎﻧت اﺧﺗراﻋﺎ وﻛﺎﻧت ﻣﻔﯾدة ﺟدا ً ﻟﻌدم ﺗوﻓر ﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﯾﺎ ﺑدﯾﻠﺔ وھذه اﻟﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﯾﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻧﺗﺣدث ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ اﻵن اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟرﻗﻣﯾﺔ Digital Data ﻓﻲ أﻗراص اﻟﺳﻲ دي أو ﻓﻲ اﻟوﺳﺎﺋط اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣل ﺑﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﯾﺎ رﻗﻣﯾﺔ ،ﻓﺎن اﻟﮭدف ھو ﺗﺳﺟﯾل اﻟﺻوت ﺑدرﺟﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻧﻘﺎوة واﻟوﺿوح ﺑﺣﯾث ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗطﯾﻊ ﺗﻔرﯾﻘﮫ ﻋن اﻟﺻوت اﻷﺻﻠﻲ .ھذا ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺣﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔس درﺟﺔ اﻟوﺿوح ﺑﻐض اﻟﻧظر ﻋن ﻋدد ﻣرات اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل أو إﻋﺎدة ﻧﺳﺦ اﻟﺗﺳﺟﯾل وطﺑﺎﻋﺗﮭﺎ أﻛﺛر ﻣن ﻣرة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺳﺎﺋط ﺗﺧزﯾن ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ. وﻻﻧﺟﺎز ھذه اﻷھداف ﻓﺎن ﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﯾﺎ ﺗﺣوﯾل اﻷﻣواج اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟرﻗﻣﯾﺔ ﺣﯾث ﺗﺻﺑﺢ اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻣن اﻷرﻗﺎم اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺔ ﻣن ٠و ١وﺑدﻻ ﻣن ﺗﺧزﯾن اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﯾﺗم ﺗﺧزﯾن ھذه اﻷرﻗﺎم .وﺗﺣوﯾل اﻷﻣواج اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ رﻗﻣﯾﺔ ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام أداة اﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ ﺗﻌرف ﺑﺎﺳم analog-to-digital converterأو اﺧﺗﺻﺎرا ً ADCواﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻧﻲ اﻟﻣﺣول ﻣن اﻟﺗﻧﺎظري إﻟﻰ اﻟرﻗﻣﻲ. وﻋﻧد ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺻوت ﻣرة أﺧرى ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻣﺎع ﻟﮫ ﻓﺎن ھذا ﯾﺗطﻠب ﺗرﺟﻣﺔ ھذه اﻷرﻗﺎم إﻟﻰ ﻣوﺟﺔ ﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﻣرة أﺧرى وﯾﺗم ھذا ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام أداة اﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ ﺗﻌرف ﺑﺎﺳم digital-to- analog converterواﺧﺗﺻﺎرا DACأي اﻟﻣﺣول ﻣن اﻟرﻗﻣﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺗﻧﺎظري .ﯾﺗم ﺗﻛﺑﯾر اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ اﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ ﻣن DACﻗﺑل ﺗوﺟﯾﮭﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎت ﻹﺻدار اﻟﺻوت. وﻣن ھﻧﺎ ﯾﻛون ﻟﻠﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ ﻧﻔس اﻟﺟودة ﺑﻐض اﻟﻧظر ﻋن ﻋدد ﻣرات ﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﮭﺎ طﺎﻟﻣﺎ ﻟم ﺗﺗﻐﯾر اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟرﻗﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺧزﻧﺔ .أﻣﺎ ﺣول ﻣوﺿوع إﻋﺎدة إﻧﺗﺎج ﻧﻔس اﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﯾﺔ ﻓﮭذا ﯾﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﻘﻧﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدﻣﮭﺎ أداة اﻟﺗﺣوﯾل ADCﻓﻲ ﺗﺣوﯾل اﻟﺻوت اﻷﺻﻠﻲ إﻟﻰ ﺻوت رﻗﻣﻲ .وھﻧﺎ ﺗﻛﻣن أھﻣﯾﺔ ﻛﯾف ﺗﻌﻣل أداة اﻟﺗﺣوﯾل اﻟﺗﻧﺎظري إﻟﻰ رﻗﻣﻲ ADC إذا ﻛﺎن ﻟدﯾﻧﺎ ﻣوﺟﺔ ﺻوﺗﯾﺔ وأردﻧﺎ أن ﻧﺣوﻟﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ إﺷﺎرة رﻗﻣﯾﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺳﺗﺧدم أداة اﻟﺗﺣوﯾل اﻻﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ ADCواﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘوم ﺑﻌﻣﻠﮭﺎ ﻋن طرﯾق اﺧذ ﻋﯾﻧﺔ ﺻﻐﯾرة ﻣن اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ وﺗﺣوﯾﻠﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻗﯾﻣﺔ رﻗﻣﯾﺔ وھذه ﺗﺳﻣﻰ ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ أو samplingوﻟﺗوﺿﯾﺢ ذﻟك أﻛﺛر دﻋﻧﺎ ﻧﺄﺧذ اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ اﻟﻣوﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ: ﻣوﺟﺔ ﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ اﻓﺗرض أن ﻛل ﺳم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺣور اﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﯾﻣﺛل ﺟزء ﻣن اﻷﻟف ﻣن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﯾن اﻟﻣﺣور اﻟرأﺳﻲ ﯾﻣﺛل ﺷدة اﻟﺻوت ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗﺑدأ أداة ADCﺑﻌﻣﻠﮭﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻘوم ﺑﻧﻣذﺟﺔ اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ وﺗﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﻐﯾرﯾن اﺛﻧﯾن ھﻣﺎ: ) (١ﻣﻌد اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ sampling rateواﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣدد ﻋدد اﻟﻧﻣﺎذج أو اﻟﻌﯾﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺗﻘوم ﺑﺄﺧذھﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ. ) (٢دﻗﺔ اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ sampling precisionواﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗوﯾﺎت اﻟﺗﻐﯾر ﻓﻲ اﻹﺷﺎرة. ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺎﻣت أداة اﻟﺗﺣوﯾل ADCﺑﻌﻣﻠﮭﺎ ﻣن ﺑﻧﻣذﺟﺔ ﺑﻣﻌدل ١٠٠٠ﻋﯾﻧﺔ ﻟﻛل ﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ وﻛﺎﻧت دﻗﺔ اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ .١٠ اﻟﻣﺳﺗطﯾﻼت اﻟﺧﺿراء ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل ﺗﻣﺛل اﻟﻌﯾﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺳﻣت إﻟﯾﮭﺎ اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ. ﺣﯾث ﺗم اﺧذ ﻋﯾﻧﺔ ﻛل ﺟزء ﻣن اﻷﻟف ﻣن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ وﻛل ﻣﺳﺗطﯾل ﻟﮫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﯾﻣﺛل ﺷدة اﻟﺻوت ﻋﻧد ﺗﻠك اﻟﻠﺣظﺔ ھذا اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ﯾﺗم اﻟﺗﻌﺑﯾر ﻋﻧﮫ ﺑﻘﯾﻣﺔ ﻋددﯾﺔ ﺑﯾن ٠و ٩ﺣﯾث ﺗﻣﺛل ھذه اﻷﻋداد اﻟﺗﻣﺛﯾل اﻟرﻗﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ .وﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﯾوﺿﺢ ﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ واﻟﺗﺣوﯾل ﻣن اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣوﺟﺔ رﻗﻣﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ اﻟظﺎھر ﺑﺎﻟﻠون اﻷزرق. وﻛﻣﺎ ھو واﺿﺢ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﯾﯾن اﻷﺧﺿر اﻟذي ﯾﻣﺛل اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﺎظرﯾﺔ واﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ اﻷزرق اﻟذي ﯾﻣﺛل اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟرﻗﻣﯾﺔ إن ھﻧﺎك ﻓﻘد ﻓﻲ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﺣدث ﻋﻧد إﺗﻣﺎم ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ واﻟﺗﺣوﯾل .وھذا ﯾﻌﻧﻲ أن اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ ﻟن ﺗﻛون ﺑﻧﻔس درﺟﺔ اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﯾﺔ ﻗﺑل اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ .وھذا ﯾﺷﺎر إﻟﯾﮫ ﺑﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ sampling error وﻟﻠﺗﺧﻠص ﻣن ھذا اﻟﺧطﺄ ﯾﺗم زﯾﺎدة ﻣﻌدل اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ واﻟدﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔس اﻟوﻗت .ﺗﺄﺛﯾر زﯾﺎدة ﻣﻌدل اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ ﯾﺗﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﯾث ﺗم زﯾﺎدة ﻣﻌدل اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ واﻟدﻗﺔ ﺑﻣﻘدار اﻟﺿﻌف أي أﺻﺑﺣت اﻟدﻗﺔ ٢٠وأﺻﺑﺢ ﻣﻌدل اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ ٢٠٠٠ﻋﯾﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ. أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺎن ﻣﻌدن اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ ﺗﺿﺎﻋف ﻣرة أﺧرى ﺑﺣﯾث أﺻﺑﺣت اﻟدﻗﺔ ٤٠ وﻣﻌدل اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ ٤٠٠٠ﻋﯾﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ. ﻻﺷك واﻧك ﺗﻼﺣظ ﻋزﯾزي اﻟﻘﺎرئ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ زادت ﻣﻌدل اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ واﻟدﻗﺔ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ أﺻﺑﺣت اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟرﻗﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ اﻗرب إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﯾﺔ .وھذا ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺄﻛﯾد ﺳوف ﯾﺣﺳن ﺟودة اﻟﺻوت اﻟرﻗﻣﻲ ،وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺻوت اﻟﻣﺧزن ﻋﻠﻰ أﻗراص اﻟﺳﻲ دي ﻓﺎن ﻣﻌدل اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ ﯾﻛون 44,100ﻋﯾﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ واﻟدﻗﺔ ،65,536وﻋﻧد ھذا اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى ﻓﺎن اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ اﻟرﻗﻣﯾﺔ ﺗﻛون اﻗرب ﻣﺎ ﯾﻛون إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣوﺟﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﯾﺔ وﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﺟدا ﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ اﻷذن اﻟﺑﺷرﯾﺔ. اﻟﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺗﺧزﯾﻧﯾﺔ ﻟﻘرص اﻟﺳﻲ دي ﻟﺣﺳﺎب ﻗدرة ﻗرص اﻟﺳﻲ دي ﻟﺗﺧزﯾن اﻟﺻوت ﻓﺈن ھذا ﯾﺗم ﻣن ﺧﻼل ﻓﮭﻣﻧﺎ ﻟﻣﺎ ﺳﺑق ﻓﺎﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟرﻗﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ ﻋن ADCﺗﺣﺳب ﺑوﺣدة اﻟﺑﺎﯾت byteﻓﻛل ﻋﯾﻧﺔ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻗدرھﺎ ٢ﺑﺎﯾت ،وﯾﺗم ﺗﺧزﯾن ﻛل ﻋﯾﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎرﯾن ﻓﻲ ﻧظﺎم ﺗﺳﺟﯾل اﻟﺳﺗﯾرﯾو ﺣﯾث ﯾﻛون ﻟﻛل ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺳﺎر. وﺣﯾث ان ﻗرص اﻟﺳﻲ دي ﯾﺧزن ٧٤دﻗﯾﻘﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣوﺳﯾﻘﻰ أو اﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎت اﻟﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﻓﺎن ﻛﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟرﻗﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﻣﻛن ﻟﻘرص اﻟﺳﻲ دي أن ﯾﺧزﻧﮭﺎ ھﻲ 44,100 samples/(channel*second) * 2 bytes/sample * 2 = channels * 74 minutes * 60 seconds/minute 783,216,000 bytes وھذه ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺑﯾرة ﺟدا ﻣن اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺧزﯾﻧﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺳط ﺑﻼﺳﺗﯾﻛﻲ ﺑﺣﺟم ﻗرص اﻟﺳﻲ دي .وﻣن اﻟﺟدﯾر ذﻛره ھﻧﺎ إن ﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌدل اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻول ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟودة ﺻوت اﻗل وﻟﻛن ﺑﺳﻌﺔ ﺗﺧزﯾﻧﯾﺔ اﻗل ﻟﻠﺣﺻول ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﺻوﺗﯾﺔ ﺻﻐﯾرة ﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣل ﻣﻌﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻧﺗرﻧت أو ﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑواﺳطﺔ أﺟﮭزة MP3واﻟﺗﻲ ﻗد ﻗﻣﻧﺎ ﺑﺷرﺣﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻻت ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ.